User login
The Multiple Sclerosis Centers of Excellence: A Model of Excellence in the VA (FULL)
The Veterans Health Administration (VHA) has established a number of centers of excellence (CoEs), including centers focused on posttraumatic stress disorder, suicide prevention, epilepsy, and, most recently, the Senator Elizabeth Dole CoE for Veteran and Caregiver Research. Some VA CoE serve as centralized locations for specialty care. For example, the VA Epilepsy CoE is a network of 16 facilities that provide comprehensive epilepsy care for veterans with seizure disorders, including expert and presurgical evaluations and inpatient monitoring.
In contrast, other CoEs, including the multiple sclerosis (MS) CoE, achieve their missions by serving as a resource center to a network of regional and supporting various programs to optimize the care of veterans across the nation within their home US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) medical center (VAMC). The MSCoE are charged, through VHA Directive 1011.06, with establishing at least 1 VA MS Regional Program in each of the 21 Veteran Integrated Service Networks (VISNs) across the country and integrating these and affiliated MS Support Programs into the MS National Network. Currently, there are 29 MS regional programs and 49 MS support programs across the US.1
Established in 2003, the MSCoE is dedicated to furthering the understanding of MS, its impact on veterans, and effective treatments to help manage the disease and its symptoms. In 2002, 2 coordinating centers were selected based on a competitive review process. The MSCoE-East is located at the Baltimore, Maryland and Washington, DC VAMC and serves VISNs 1 to 10. The MSCoE-West serves VISNs 11 to 23 and is jointly-based at VA Puget Sound Health Care System in Seattle, Washington and VA Portland Health Care System in Portland, Oregon. The MSCoEs were made permanent by The Veteran’ Benefits, Healthcare and Information Technology Act of 2006 (38 USC §7330). By partnering with veterans, caregivers, health care professionals, and other affiliates, the MSCoE endeavor to optimize health, activities, participation and quality of life for veterans with MS.
Core Functions
The MSCoE has a 3-part mission. First, the MSCoE seeks to expand care coordination between VAMCs by developing a national network of VA MSCoE Regional and Support Programs. Second, the MSCoE provides resources to VA health care providers (HCPs) through a collaborative approach to clinical care, education, research, and informatics. Third, the MSCoE improves the quality and consistency of health care services delivered to veterans diagnosed with MS nationwide. To meet its objectives, the MSCoE activities are organized around 4 functional cores: clinical care, research, education and training, and informatics and telemedicine.
Clinical Care
The MSCoE delivers high-quality clinical care by identifying veterans with MS who use VA services, understanding their needs, and facilitating appropriate interventions. Veterans with MS are a special cohort for many reasons including that about 70% are male. Men and women veterans not only have different genetics, but also may have different environmental exposures and other risk factors for MS. Since 1998, the VHA has evaluated > 50,000 veterans with MS. Over the past decade, between 18,000 and 20,000 veterans with MS have accessed care within the VHA annually.
The MSCoE advocates for appropriate and safe use of currently available MS disease modifying therapies through collaborations with the VA Pharmacy Benefits Management Service (PBM). The MSCoE partners with PBM to develop and disseminate Criteria For Use, safety, and economic monitoring of the impacts of the MS therapies. The MSCoE also provide national consultation services for complex MS cases, clinical education to VA HCPs, and mentors fellows, residents, and medical students.
The VA provides numerous resources that are not readily available in other health care systems and facilitate the care for patients with chronic diseases, including providing low or no co-pays to patients for MS disease modifying agents and other MS related medications, access to medically necessary adaptive equipment at no charge, the Home Improvement and Structural Alteration (HISA) grant for assistance with safe home ingress and egress, respite care, access to a homemaker/home health aide, and caregiver support programs. Eligible veterans also can access additional resources such as adaptive housing and an automobile grant. The VA also provides substantial hands-on assistance to veterans who are homeless. The clinical team and a veteran with MS can leverage VA resources through the National MS Society (NMSS) Navigator Program as well as other community resources.2
The VHA encourages physical activity and wellness through sports and leisure. Veterans with MS can participate in sports programs and special events, including the National Veterans Wheelchair Games, the National Disabled Veterans Winter Sports Clinic, the National Disabled Veterans TEE (Training, Exposure and Experience) golf tournament, the National Veterans Summer Sports Clinic, the National Veterans Golden Age Games, and the National Veterans Creative Sports Festival. HCPs or veterans who are not sure how to access any of these programs can contact the MSCoE or their local VA social workers.
Research
The primary goal of the MSCoE research core is to conduct clinical, health services, epidemiologic, and basic science research relevant to veterans with MS. The MSCoE serves to enhance collaboration among VAMCs, increase the participation of veterans in research, and provide research mentorship for the next generation of VA MS scientists. MSCoE research is carried out by investigators at the MSCoE and the MS Regional Programs, often in collaboration with investigators at academic institutions. This research is supported by competitive grant awards from a variety of funding agencies including the VA Research and Development Service (R&D) and the NMSS. Results from about 40 research grants in Fiscal Year 2019 were disseminated through 34 peer-reviewed publications, 30 posters, presentations, abstracts, and clinical practice guidelines.
There are many examples of recent high impact MS research performed by MSCoE investigators. For example, MSCoE researchers noted an increase in the estimated prevalence of MS to 1 million individuals in the US, about twice the previously estimated prevalence.3-5 In addition, a multicenter study highlighted the prevalence of MS misdiagnosis and common confounders for MS.6 Other research includes pilot clinical trials evaluating lipoic acid as a potential disease modifying therapy in people with secondary progressive MS and the impact of a multicomponent walking aid selection, fitting, and training program for preventing falls in people with MS.7,8 Clinical trial also are investigating telehealth counseling to improve physical activity in MS and a systematic review of rehabilitation interventions in MS.9,10
Education and Training
A unified program of education is essential to effective management of MS nationally. The primary goal of the education and training core is to provide a national program of MS education for HCPs, veterans, and caregivers to improve knowledge, enhance access to resources, and promote effective management strategies. The MSCoE collaborate with the Paralyzed Veterans of America (PVA), the Consortium of MS Centers (CMSC), the NMSS, and other national service organizations to increase educational opportunities, share knowledge, and expand participation.
The MSCoE education and training core produces a range of products both veterans, HCPs, and others affected by MS. The MSCoE sends a biannual patient newsletter to > 20,000 veterans and a monthly email to > 1,000 VA HCPs. Specific opportunities for HCP education include accredited multidisciplinary MS webinars, sponsored symposia and workshops at the CMSC and PVA Summit annual meetings, and presentations at other university and professional conferences. Enduring educational opportunities for veterans, caregivers, and HCPs can also be found by visiting www.va.gov/ms.
The MSCoE coordinate postdoctoral fellowship training programs to develop expertise in MS health care for the future. It offers VA physician fellowships for neurologists in Baltimore and Portland and for physiatrists in Seattle as well as NMSS fellowships for education and research. In 2019, MSCoE had 6 MD Fellows and 1 PhD Fellow.
Clinical Informatics and Telehealth
The primary goal of the informatics and telemedicine core is to employ state-of-the-art informatics, telemedicine technology, and the MSCoE website, to improve MS health care delivery. The VA has a integrated electronic health record and various data repositories are stored in the VHA Corporate Data Warehouse (CDW). MSCoE utilizes the CDW to maintain a national MS administrative data repository to understand the VHA care provided to veterans with MS. Data from the CDW have also served as an important resource to facilitate a wide range of veteran-focused MS research. This research has addressed clinical conditions like pain and obesity; health behaviors like smoking, alcohol use, and exercise as well as issues related to care delivery such as specialty care access, medication adherence, and appointment attendance.11-19
Monitoring the health of veterans with MS in the VA requires additional data not available in the CDW. To this end, we have developed the MS Surveillance Registry (MSSR), funded and maintained by the VA Office of Information Technology as part of their Veteran Integrated Registry Platform (VIRP). The purpose of the MSSR is to understand the unique characteristics and treatment patterns of veterans with MS in order to optimize their VHA care. HCPs input MS-specific clinical data on their patients into the MSSR, either through the MS Assessment Tool (MSAT) in the Computerized Patient Record System (CPRS) or through a secure online portal. Other data from existing databases from the CDW is also automatically fed into the MSSR. The MSSR continues to be developed and populated to serve as a resource for the future.
Neurologists, physiatrists, psychologists, and rehabilitation specialists can use telehealth to evaluate and treat veterans who have difficulty accessing outpatient clinics, either because of mobility limitations, or distance. Between 2012 and 2015, the VA MSCoE, together with the Epilepsy CoE and the Parkinson’s Disease Research and Clinical Centers in VISNs 5, 6 (mid-Atlantic) and 20 (Pacific Northwest) initiated an integrated teleneurology project. The goal of this project was to improve patient access to care at 4 tertiary and 12 regional VAMCs. A study team, with administrators and key clinical stakeholders, followed a traditional project management approach to design, plan, implement and evaluate an optimal model for communication and referrals with both live visits and telehealth (Table). Major outcomes of the project included: delivering subspecialty teleneurology to 47 patient sites, increasing interfacility consultation by 133% while reducing wait times by roughly 40%, and increasing telemedicine workload at these centers from 95 annual encounters in 2012 to 1,245 annual encounters in 2015 (Figure).
Today, telehealth for veterans with MS can be delivered to nearby VA facilities closer to their home, within their home, or anywhere else the veteran can use a cellphone or tablet. Telehealth visits can save travel time and expenses and optimize VA productivity and clinic use. The MSCoE and many of the MS regional programs are using telehealth for MS physician follow-up and therapies. The VA Office of Rural Health is also currently working with the MS network to use telehealth to increase access to physical therapy to those who have difficulty coming into clinic.
MSCoE Resources
The MSCoE is funded by VA Central Office through the Office of Specialty Care by Special Purpose funds. The directive specifies that funding for the regional and support programs is through Veterans Equitable Resource Allocation based on VISN and facility workload and complexity. Any research is funded separately through grants, some from VA R&D and others from other sources including the National Institutes of Health, the Patient Centered Outcome Research Institute, affiliated universities, the NMSS, the MS Society of Canada, the Consortium of MS Centers, foundations, and industry.
In 2019, MSCoE investigators received grants totaling > $18 million in funding. In-kind support also is provided by the PVA, the CMSC, the NMSS, and others. The first 3 foundations have been supporters since the inception of the MSCoE and have provided opportunities for the dissemination of education and research for HCPs, fellows, residents and medical students; travel; meeting rooms for MSCoE national meetings; exhibit space for HCP outreach; competitive research and educational grant support; programming and resources for veterans and significant others; organizational expertise; and opportunities for VA HCPs, veterans, and caregivers to learn how to navigate MS with others in the private sector.
Conclusion
The MSCoE had a tremendous impact on improving the consistency and quality of care for veterans with MS through clinical care, research, education and informatics and telehealth. Since opening in 2003, there has been an increase in the number of MS specialty clinics, served veterans with MS, and veterans receiving specialty neurologic and rehabilitation services in VA. Research programs in MS have been initiated to address key questions relevant to veterans with MS, including immunology, epidemiology, clinical care, and rehabilitation. Educational programs and products have evolved with technology and had a greater impact through partnerships with veteran and MS nonprofit organizations.
MSCoE strives to minimize impairment and maximize quality of life for veterans with MS by leveraging integrated electronic health records, data repositories, and telehealth services. These efforts have all improved veteran health, access and safety. We look forward to continuing into the next decade by bringing fresh ideas to the care of veterans with MS, their families and caregivers.
1. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Multiple Sclerosis Centers of Excellence. Multiple Sclerosis System of Care-VHA Directive 1101.06 and Multiple Sclerosis Centers of Excellence network facilities. https://www.va.gov/MS/veterans/find_a_clinic/index_clinics.asp. Updated February 26, 2020. Accessed March 6, 2020.
2. National MS Society. MS navigator program. https://www.nationalmssociety.org/For-Professionals/Clinical-Care/MS-Navigator-Program. Accessed March 6, 2020.
3. Wallin MT, Culpepper WJ, Campbell JD, et al. The prevalence of MS in the United States: a population-based estimate using health claims data. Neurology. 2019;92:e1029-e1040.
4. GBD 2016 Multiple Sclerosis Collaborators. Global, regional, and national burden of multiple sclerosis 1990-2016: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2016. Lancet Neurol. 2019;18(3):269-285.
5. GBD 2016 Neurology Collaborators. Global, regional, and national burden of neurological disorders, 1990-2016: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2016. Lancet Neurol. 2019;18(5):459-480.
6. Solomon AJ, Bourdette DN, Cross AH, et al. The contemporary spectrum of multiple sclerosis misdiagnosis: a multicenter study. Neurology. 2016;87(13):1393-1399.
7. Spain R, Powers K, Murchison C, et al. Lipoic acid in secondary progressive MS: a randomized controlled pilot trial. Neurol Neuroimmunol Neuroinflamm. 2017;4(5):e374.
8. Martini DN, Zeeboer E, Hildebrand A, Fling BW, Hugos CL, Cameron MH. ADSTEP: preliminary investigation of a multicomponent walking aid program in people with multiple sclerosis. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2018;99(10):2050-2058.
9. Turner AP, Hartoonian N, Sloan AP, et al. Improving fatigue and depression in individuals with multiple sclerosis using telephone-administered physical activity counseling. J Consult Clin Psychol. 2016;84(4):297-309.
10. Haselkorn JK, Hughes C, Rae-Grant A, et al. Summary of comprehensive systematic review: rehabilitation in multiple sclerosis: Report of the Guideline Development, Dissemination, and Implementation Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology. 2015;85(21):1896-1903.
11. Hirsh AT, Turner AP, Ehde DM, Haselkorn JK. Prevalence and impact of pain in multiple sclerosis: physical and psychologic contributors. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2009;90(4):646-651.
12. Khurana SR, Bamer AM, Turner AP, et al. The prevalence of overweight and obesity in veterans with multiple sclerosis. Am J Phys Med Rehabil. 2009;88(2):83-91.
13. Turner AP, Kivlahan DR, Kazis LE, Haselkorn JK. Smoking among veterans with multiple sclerosis: prevalence correlates, quit attempts, and unmet need for services. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2007;88(11):1394-1399.
14. Turner AP, Hawkins EJ, Haselkorn JK, Kivlahan DR. Alcohol misuse and multiple sclerosis. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2009;90(5):842-848.
15. Turner AP, Kivlahan DR, Haselkorn JK. Exercise and quality of life among people with multiple sclerosis: looking beyond physical functioning to mental health and participation in life. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2009;90(3):420-428.
16. Turner AP, Chapko MK, Yanez D, et al. Access to multiple sclerosis specialty care. PM R. 2013;5(12):1044-1050.
17. Gromisch ES, Turner AP, Leipertz SL, Beauvais J, Haselkorn JK. Risk factors for suboptimal medication adherence in persons with multiple sclerosis: development of an electronic health record-based explanatory model for disease-modifying therapy use [published online ahead of print, 2019 Dec 3]. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2019;S0003-9993(19)31430-3143.
18. Settle JR, Maloni H, Bedra M, Finkelstein J, Zhan M, Wallin M. Monitoring medication adherence in multiple sclerosis using a novel web-based tool. J Telemed Telecare. 2016;22:225-233.
19. Gromisch ES, Turner AP, Leipertz SL, Beauvais J, Haselkorn JK. Who is not coming to clinic? A predictive model of excessive missed appointments in persons with multiple sclerosis. Mult Scler Rel Dis. In Press.
The Veterans Health Administration (VHA) has established a number of centers of excellence (CoEs), including centers focused on posttraumatic stress disorder, suicide prevention, epilepsy, and, most recently, the Senator Elizabeth Dole CoE for Veteran and Caregiver Research. Some VA CoE serve as centralized locations for specialty care. For example, the VA Epilepsy CoE is a network of 16 facilities that provide comprehensive epilepsy care for veterans with seizure disorders, including expert and presurgical evaluations and inpatient monitoring.
In contrast, other CoEs, including the multiple sclerosis (MS) CoE, achieve their missions by serving as a resource center to a network of regional and supporting various programs to optimize the care of veterans across the nation within their home US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) medical center (VAMC). The MSCoE are charged, through VHA Directive 1011.06, with establishing at least 1 VA MS Regional Program in each of the 21 Veteran Integrated Service Networks (VISNs) across the country and integrating these and affiliated MS Support Programs into the MS National Network. Currently, there are 29 MS regional programs and 49 MS support programs across the US.1
Established in 2003, the MSCoE is dedicated to furthering the understanding of MS, its impact on veterans, and effective treatments to help manage the disease and its symptoms. In 2002, 2 coordinating centers were selected based on a competitive review process. The MSCoE-East is located at the Baltimore, Maryland and Washington, DC VAMC and serves VISNs 1 to 10. The MSCoE-West serves VISNs 11 to 23 and is jointly-based at VA Puget Sound Health Care System in Seattle, Washington and VA Portland Health Care System in Portland, Oregon. The MSCoEs were made permanent by The Veteran’ Benefits, Healthcare and Information Technology Act of 2006 (38 USC §7330). By partnering with veterans, caregivers, health care professionals, and other affiliates, the MSCoE endeavor to optimize health, activities, participation and quality of life for veterans with MS.
Core Functions
The MSCoE has a 3-part mission. First, the MSCoE seeks to expand care coordination between VAMCs by developing a national network of VA MSCoE Regional and Support Programs. Second, the MSCoE provides resources to VA health care providers (HCPs) through a collaborative approach to clinical care, education, research, and informatics. Third, the MSCoE improves the quality and consistency of health care services delivered to veterans diagnosed with MS nationwide. To meet its objectives, the MSCoE activities are organized around 4 functional cores: clinical care, research, education and training, and informatics and telemedicine.
Clinical Care
The MSCoE delivers high-quality clinical care by identifying veterans with MS who use VA services, understanding their needs, and facilitating appropriate interventions. Veterans with MS are a special cohort for many reasons including that about 70% are male. Men and women veterans not only have different genetics, but also may have different environmental exposures and other risk factors for MS. Since 1998, the VHA has evaluated > 50,000 veterans with MS. Over the past decade, between 18,000 and 20,000 veterans with MS have accessed care within the VHA annually.
The MSCoE advocates for appropriate and safe use of currently available MS disease modifying therapies through collaborations with the VA Pharmacy Benefits Management Service (PBM). The MSCoE partners with PBM to develop and disseminate Criteria For Use, safety, and economic monitoring of the impacts of the MS therapies. The MSCoE also provide national consultation services for complex MS cases, clinical education to VA HCPs, and mentors fellows, residents, and medical students.
The VA provides numerous resources that are not readily available in other health care systems and facilitate the care for patients with chronic diseases, including providing low or no co-pays to patients for MS disease modifying agents and other MS related medications, access to medically necessary adaptive equipment at no charge, the Home Improvement and Structural Alteration (HISA) grant for assistance with safe home ingress and egress, respite care, access to a homemaker/home health aide, and caregiver support programs. Eligible veterans also can access additional resources such as adaptive housing and an automobile grant. The VA also provides substantial hands-on assistance to veterans who are homeless. The clinical team and a veteran with MS can leverage VA resources through the National MS Society (NMSS) Navigator Program as well as other community resources.2
The VHA encourages physical activity and wellness through sports and leisure. Veterans with MS can participate in sports programs and special events, including the National Veterans Wheelchair Games, the National Disabled Veterans Winter Sports Clinic, the National Disabled Veterans TEE (Training, Exposure and Experience) golf tournament, the National Veterans Summer Sports Clinic, the National Veterans Golden Age Games, and the National Veterans Creative Sports Festival. HCPs or veterans who are not sure how to access any of these programs can contact the MSCoE or their local VA social workers.
Research
The primary goal of the MSCoE research core is to conduct clinical, health services, epidemiologic, and basic science research relevant to veterans with MS. The MSCoE serves to enhance collaboration among VAMCs, increase the participation of veterans in research, and provide research mentorship for the next generation of VA MS scientists. MSCoE research is carried out by investigators at the MSCoE and the MS Regional Programs, often in collaboration with investigators at academic institutions. This research is supported by competitive grant awards from a variety of funding agencies including the VA Research and Development Service (R&D) and the NMSS. Results from about 40 research grants in Fiscal Year 2019 were disseminated through 34 peer-reviewed publications, 30 posters, presentations, abstracts, and clinical practice guidelines.
There are many examples of recent high impact MS research performed by MSCoE investigators. For example, MSCoE researchers noted an increase in the estimated prevalence of MS to 1 million individuals in the US, about twice the previously estimated prevalence.3-5 In addition, a multicenter study highlighted the prevalence of MS misdiagnosis and common confounders for MS.6 Other research includes pilot clinical trials evaluating lipoic acid as a potential disease modifying therapy in people with secondary progressive MS and the impact of a multicomponent walking aid selection, fitting, and training program for preventing falls in people with MS.7,8 Clinical trial also are investigating telehealth counseling to improve physical activity in MS and a systematic review of rehabilitation interventions in MS.9,10
Education and Training
A unified program of education is essential to effective management of MS nationally. The primary goal of the education and training core is to provide a national program of MS education for HCPs, veterans, and caregivers to improve knowledge, enhance access to resources, and promote effective management strategies. The MSCoE collaborate with the Paralyzed Veterans of America (PVA), the Consortium of MS Centers (CMSC), the NMSS, and other national service organizations to increase educational opportunities, share knowledge, and expand participation.
The MSCoE education and training core produces a range of products both veterans, HCPs, and others affected by MS. The MSCoE sends a biannual patient newsletter to > 20,000 veterans and a monthly email to > 1,000 VA HCPs. Specific opportunities for HCP education include accredited multidisciplinary MS webinars, sponsored symposia and workshops at the CMSC and PVA Summit annual meetings, and presentations at other university and professional conferences. Enduring educational opportunities for veterans, caregivers, and HCPs can also be found by visiting www.va.gov/ms.
The MSCoE coordinate postdoctoral fellowship training programs to develop expertise in MS health care for the future. It offers VA physician fellowships for neurologists in Baltimore and Portland and for physiatrists in Seattle as well as NMSS fellowships for education and research. In 2019, MSCoE had 6 MD Fellows and 1 PhD Fellow.
Clinical Informatics and Telehealth
The primary goal of the informatics and telemedicine core is to employ state-of-the-art informatics, telemedicine technology, and the MSCoE website, to improve MS health care delivery. The VA has a integrated electronic health record and various data repositories are stored in the VHA Corporate Data Warehouse (CDW). MSCoE utilizes the CDW to maintain a national MS administrative data repository to understand the VHA care provided to veterans with MS. Data from the CDW have also served as an important resource to facilitate a wide range of veteran-focused MS research. This research has addressed clinical conditions like pain and obesity; health behaviors like smoking, alcohol use, and exercise as well as issues related to care delivery such as specialty care access, medication adherence, and appointment attendance.11-19
Monitoring the health of veterans with MS in the VA requires additional data not available in the CDW. To this end, we have developed the MS Surveillance Registry (MSSR), funded and maintained by the VA Office of Information Technology as part of their Veteran Integrated Registry Platform (VIRP). The purpose of the MSSR is to understand the unique characteristics and treatment patterns of veterans with MS in order to optimize their VHA care. HCPs input MS-specific clinical data on their patients into the MSSR, either through the MS Assessment Tool (MSAT) in the Computerized Patient Record System (CPRS) or through a secure online portal. Other data from existing databases from the CDW is also automatically fed into the MSSR. The MSSR continues to be developed and populated to serve as a resource for the future.
Neurologists, physiatrists, psychologists, and rehabilitation specialists can use telehealth to evaluate and treat veterans who have difficulty accessing outpatient clinics, either because of mobility limitations, or distance. Between 2012 and 2015, the VA MSCoE, together with the Epilepsy CoE and the Parkinson’s Disease Research and Clinical Centers in VISNs 5, 6 (mid-Atlantic) and 20 (Pacific Northwest) initiated an integrated teleneurology project. The goal of this project was to improve patient access to care at 4 tertiary and 12 regional VAMCs. A study team, with administrators and key clinical stakeholders, followed a traditional project management approach to design, plan, implement and evaluate an optimal model for communication and referrals with both live visits and telehealth (Table). Major outcomes of the project included: delivering subspecialty teleneurology to 47 patient sites, increasing interfacility consultation by 133% while reducing wait times by roughly 40%, and increasing telemedicine workload at these centers from 95 annual encounters in 2012 to 1,245 annual encounters in 2015 (Figure).
Today, telehealth for veterans with MS can be delivered to nearby VA facilities closer to their home, within their home, or anywhere else the veteran can use a cellphone or tablet. Telehealth visits can save travel time and expenses and optimize VA productivity and clinic use. The MSCoE and many of the MS regional programs are using telehealth for MS physician follow-up and therapies. The VA Office of Rural Health is also currently working with the MS network to use telehealth to increase access to physical therapy to those who have difficulty coming into clinic.
MSCoE Resources
The MSCoE is funded by VA Central Office through the Office of Specialty Care by Special Purpose funds. The directive specifies that funding for the regional and support programs is through Veterans Equitable Resource Allocation based on VISN and facility workload and complexity. Any research is funded separately through grants, some from VA R&D and others from other sources including the National Institutes of Health, the Patient Centered Outcome Research Institute, affiliated universities, the NMSS, the MS Society of Canada, the Consortium of MS Centers, foundations, and industry.
In 2019, MSCoE investigators received grants totaling > $18 million in funding. In-kind support also is provided by the PVA, the CMSC, the NMSS, and others. The first 3 foundations have been supporters since the inception of the MSCoE and have provided opportunities for the dissemination of education and research for HCPs, fellows, residents and medical students; travel; meeting rooms for MSCoE national meetings; exhibit space for HCP outreach; competitive research and educational grant support; programming and resources for veterans and significant others; organizational expertise; and opportunities for VA HCPs, veterans, and caregivers to learn how to navigate MS with others in the private sector.
Conclusion
The MSCoE had a tremendous impact on improving the consistency and quality of care for veterans with MS through clinical care, research, education and informatics and telehealth. Since opening in 2003, there has been an increase in the number of MS specialty clinics, served veterans with MS, and veterans receiving specialty neurologic and rehabilitation services in VA. Research programs in MS have been initiated to address key questions relevant to veterans with MS, including immunology, epidemiology, clinical care, and rehabilitation. Educational programs and products have evolved with technology and had a greater impact through partnerships with veteran and MS nonprofit organizations.
MSCoE strives to minimize impairment and maximize quality of life for veterans with MS by leveraging integrated electronic health records, data repositories, and telehealth services. These efforts have all improved veteran health, access and safety. We look forward to continuing into the next decade by bringing fresh ideas to the care of veterans with MS, their families and caregivers.
The Veterans Health Administration (VHA) has established a number of centers of excellence (CoEs), including centers focused on posttraumatic stress disorder, suicide prevention, epilepsy, and, most recently, the Senator Elizabeth Dole CoE for Veteran and Caregiver Research. Some VA CoE serve as centralized locations for specialty care. For example, the VA Epilepsy CoE is a network of 16 facilities that provide comprehensive epilepsy care for veterans with seizure disorders, including expert and presurgical evaluations and inpatient monitoring.
In contrast, other CoEs, including the multiple sclerosis (MS) CoE, achieve their missions by serving as a resource center to a network of regional and supporting various programs to optimize the care of veterans across the nation within their home US Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) medical center (VAMC). The MSCoE are charged, through VHA Directive 1011.06, with establishing at least 1 VA MS Regional Program in each of the 21 Veteran Integrated Service Networks (VISNs) across the country and integrating these and affiliated MS Support Programs into the MS National Network. Currently, there are 29 MS regional programs and 49 MS support programs across the US.1
Established in 2003, the MSCoE is dedicated to furthering the understanding of MS, its impact on veterans, and effective treatments to help manage the disease and its symptoms. In 2002, 2 coordinating centers were selected based on a competitive review process. The MSCoE-East is located at the Baltimore, Maryland and Washington, DC VAMC and serves VISNs 1 to 10. The MSCoE-West serves VISNs 11 to 23 and is jointly-based at VA Puget Sound Health Care System in Seattle, Washington and VA Portland Health Care System in Portland, Oregon. The MSCoEs were made permanent by The Veteran’ Benefits, Healthcare and Information Technology Act of 2006 (38 USC §7330). By partnering with veterans, caregivers, health care professionals, and other affiliates, the MSCoE endeavor to optimize health, activities, participation and quality of life for veterans with MS.
Core Functions
The MSCoE has a 3-part mission. First, the MSCoE seeks to expand care coordination between VAMCs by developing a national network of VA MSCoE Regional and Support Programs. Second, the MSCoE provides resources to VA health care providers (HCPs) through a collaborative approach to clinical care, education, research, and informatics. Third, the MSCoE improves the quality and consistency of health care services delivered to veterans diagnosed with MS nationwide. To meet its objectives, the MSCoE activities are organized around 4 functional cores: clinical care, research, education and training, and informatics and telemedicine.
Clinical Care
The MSCoE delivers high-quality clinical care by identifying veterans with MS who use VA services, understanding their needs, and facilitating appropriate interventions. Veterans with MS are a special cohort for many reasons including that about 70% are male. Men and women veterans not only have different genetics, but also may have different environmental exposures and other risk factors for MS. Since 1998, the VHA has evaluated > 50,000 veterans with MS. Over the past decade, between 18,000 and 20,000 veterans with MS have accessed care within the VHA annually.
The MSCoE advocates for appropriate and safe use of currently available MS disease modifying therapies through collaborations with the VA Pharmacy Benefits Management Service (PBM). The MSCoE partners with PBM to develop and disseminate Criteria For Use, safety, and economic monitoring of the impacts of the MS therapies. The MSCoE also provide national consultation services for complex MS cases, clinical education to VA HCPs, and mentors fellows, residents, and medical students.
The VA provides numerous resources that are not readily available in other health care systems and facilitate the care for patients with chronic diseases, including providing low or no co-pays to patients for MS disease modifying agents and other MS related medications, access to medically necessary adaptive equipment at no charge, the Home Improvement and Structural Alteration (HISA) grant for assistance with safe home ingress and egress, respite care, access to a homemaker/home health aide, and caregiver support programs. Eligible veterans also can access additional resources such as adaptive housing and an automobile grant. The VA also provides substantial hands-on assistance to veterans who are homeless. The clinical team and a veteran with MS can leverage VA resources through the National MS Society (NMSS) Navigator Program as well as other community resources.2
The VHA encourages physical activity and wellness through sports and leisure. Veterans with MS can participate in sports programs and special events, including the National Veterans Wheelchair Games, the National Disabled Veterans Winter Sports Clinic, the National Disabled Veterans TEE (Training, Exposure and Experience) golf tournament, the National Veterans Summer Sports Clinic, the National Veterans Golden Age Games, and the National Veterans Creative Sports Festival. HCPs or veterans who are not sure how to access any of these programs can contact the MSCoE or their local VA social workers.
Research
The primary goal of the MSCoE research core is to conduct clinical, health services, epidemiologic, and basic science research relevant to veterans with MS. The MSCoE serves to enhance collaboration among VAMCs, increase the participation of veterans in research, and provide research mentorship for the next generation of VA MS scientists. MSCoE research is carried out by investigators at the MSCoE and the MS Regional Programs, often in collaboration with investigators at academic institutions. This research is supported by competitive grant awards from a variety of funding agencies including the VA Research and Development Service (R&D) and the NMSS. Results from about 40 research grants in Fiscal Year 2019 were disseminated through 34 peer-reviewed publications, 30 posters, presentations, abstracts, and clinical practice guidelines.
There are many examples of recent high impact MS research performed by MSCoE investigators. For example, MSCoE researchers noted an increase in the estimated prevalence of MS to 1 million individuals in the US, about twice the previously estimated prevalence.3-5 In addition, a multicenter study highlighted the prevalence of MS misdiagnosis and common confounders for MS.6 Other research includes pilot clinical trials evaluating lipoic acid as a potential disease modifying therapy in people with secondary progressive MS and the impact of a multicomponent walking aid selection, fitting, and training program for preventing falls in people with MS.7,8 Clinical trial also are investigating telehealth counseling to improve physical activity in MS and a systematic review of rehabilitation interventions in MS.9,10
Education and Training
A unified program of education is essential to effective management of MS nationally. The primary goal of the education and training core is to provide a national program of MS education for HCPs, veterans, and caregivers to improve knowledge, enhance access to resources, and promote effective management strategies. The MSCoE collaborate with the Paralyzed Veterans of America (PVA), the Consortium of MS Centers (CMSC), the NMSS, and other national service organizations to increase educational opportunities, share knowledge, and expand participation.
The MSCoE education and training core produces a range of products both veterans, HCPs, and others affected by MS. The MSCoE sends a biannual patient newsletter to > 20,000 veterans and a monthly email to > 1,000 VA HCPs. Specific opportunities for HCP education include accredited multidisciplinary MS webinars, sponsored symposia and workshops at the CMSC and PVA Summit annual meetings, and presentations at other university and professional conferences. Enduring educational opportunities for veterans, caregivers, and HCPs can also be found by visiting www.va.gov/ms.
The MSCoE coordinate postdoctoral fellowship training programs to develop expertise in MS health care for the future. It offers VA physician fellowships for neurologists in Baltimore and Portland and for physiatrists in Seattle as well as NMSS fellowships for education and research. In 2019, MSCoE had 6 MD Fellows and 1 PhD Fellow.
Clinical Informatics and Telehealth
The primary goal of the informatics and telemedicine core is to employ state-of-the-art informatics, telemedicine technology, and the MSCoE website, to improve MS health care delivery. The VA has a integrated electronic health record and various data repositories are stored in the VHA Corporate Data Warehouse (CDW). MSCoE utilizes the CDW to maintain a national MS administrative data repository to understand the VHA care provided to veterans with MS. Data from the CDW have also served as an important resource to facilitate a wide range of veteran-focused MS research. This research has addressed clinical conditions like pain and obesity; health behaviors like smoking, alcohol use, and exercise as well as issues related to care delivery such as specialty care access, medication adherence, and appointment attendance.11-19
Monitoring the health of veterans with MS in the VA requires additional data not available in the CDW. To this end, we have developed the MS Surveillance Registry (MSSR), funded and maintained by the VA Office of Information Technology as part of their Veteran Integrated Registry Platform (VIRP). The purpose of the MSSR is to understand the unique characteristics and treatment patterns of veterans with MS in order to optimize their VHA care. HCPs input MS-specific clinical data on their patients into the MSSR, either through the MS Assessment Tool (MSAT) in the Computerized Patient Record System (CPRS) or through a secure online portal. Other data from existing databases from the CDW is also automatically fed into the MSSR. The MSSR continues to be developed and populated to serve as a resource for the future.
Neurologists, physiatrists, psychologists, and rehabilitation specialists can use telehealth to evaluate and treat veterans who have difficulty accessing outpatient clinics, either because of mobility limitations, or distance. Between 2012 and 2015, the VA MSCoE, together with the Epilepsy CoE and the Parkinson’s Disease Research and Clinical Centers in VISNs 5, 6 (mid-Atlantic) and 20 (Pacific Northwest) initiated an integrated teleneurology project. The goal of this project was to improve patient access to care at 4 tertiary and 12 regional VAMCs. A study team, with administrators and key clinical stakeholders, followed a traditional project management approach to design, plan, implement and evaluate an optimal model for communication and referrals with both live visits and telehealth (Table). Major outcomes of the project included: delivering subspecialty teleneurology to 47 patient sites, increasing interfacility consultation by 133% while reducing wait times by roughly 40%, and increasing telemedicine workload at these centers from 95 annual encounters in 2012 to 1,245 annual encounters in 2015 (Figure).
Today, telehealth for veterans with MS can be delivered to nearby VA facilities closer to their home, within their home, or anywhere else the veteran can use a cellphone or tablet. Telehealth visits can save travel time and expenses and optimize VA productivity and clinic use. The MSCoE and many of the MS regional programs are using telehealth for MS physician follow-up and therapies. The VA Office of Rural Health is also currently working with the MS network to use telehealth to increase access to physical therapy to those who have difficulty coming into clinic.
MSCoE Resources
The MSCoE is funded by VA Central Office through the Office of Specialty Care by Special Purpose funds. The directive specifies that funding for the regional and support programs is through Veterans Equitable Resource Allocation based on VISN and facility workload and complexity. Any research is funded separately through grants, some from VA R&D and others from other sources including the National Institutes of Health, the Patient Centered Outcome Research Institute, affiliated universities, the NMSS, the MS Society of Canada, the Consortium of MS Centers, foundations, and industry.
In 2019, MSCoE investigators received grants totaling > $18 million in funding. In-kind support also is provided by the PVA, the CMSC, the NMSS, and others. The first 3 foundations have been supporters since the inception of the MSCoE and have provided opportunities for the dissemination of education and research for HCPs, fellows, residents and medical students; travel; meeting rooms for MSCoE national meetings; exhibit space for HCP outreach; competitive research and educational grant support; programming and resources for veterans and significant others; organizational expertise; and opportunities for VA HCPs, veterans, and caregivers to learn how to navigate MS with others in the private sector.
Conclusion
The MSCoE had a tremendous impact on improving the consistency and quality of care for veterans with MS through clinical care, research, education and informatics and telehealth. Since opening in 2003, there has been an increase in the number of MS specialty clinics, served veterans with MS, and veterans receiving specialty neurologic and rehabilitation services in VA. Research programs in MS have been initiated to address key questions relevant to veterans with MS, including immunology, epidemiology, clinical care, and rehabilitation. Educational programs and products have evolved with technology and had a greater impact through partnerships with veteran and MS nonprofit organizations.
MSCoE strives to minimize impairment and maximize quality of life for veterans with MS by leveraging integrated electronic health records, data repositories, and telehealth services. These efforts have all improved veteran health, access and safety. We look forward to continuing into the next decade by bringing fresh ideas to the care of veterans with MS, their families and caregivers.
1. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Multiple Sclerosis Centers of Excellence. Multiple Sclerosis System of Care-VHA Directive 1101.06 and Multiple Sclerosis Centers of Excellence network facilities. https://www.va.gov/MS/veterans/find_a_clinic/index_clinics.asp. Updated February 26, 2020. Accessed March 6, 2020.
2. National MS Society. MS navigator program. https://www.nationalmssociety.org/For-Professionals/Clinical-Care/MS-Navigator-Program. Accessed March 6, 2020.
3. Wallin MT, Culpepper WJ, Campbell JD, et al. The prevalence of MS in the United States: a population-based estimate using health claims data. Neurology. 2019;92:e1029-e1040.
4. GBD 2016 Multiple Sclerosis Collaborators. Global, regional, and national burden of multiple sclerosis 1990-2016: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2016. Lancet Neurol. 2019;18(3):269-285.
5. GBD 2016 Neurology Collaborators. Global, regional, and national burden of neurological disorders, 1990-2016: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2016. Lancet Neurol. 2019;18(5):459-480.
6. Solomon AJ, Bourdette DN, Cross AH, et al. The contemporary spectrum of multiple sclerosis misdiagnosis: a multicenter study. Neurology. 2016;87(13):1393-1399.
7. Spain R, Powers K, Murchison C, et al. Lipoic acid in secondary progressive MS: a randomized controlled pilot trial. Neurol Neuroimmunol Neuroinflamm. 2017;4(5):e374.
8. Martini DN, Zeeboer E, Hildebrand A, Fling BW, Hugos CL, Cameron MH. ADSTEP: preliminary investigation of a multicomponent walking aid program in people with multiple sclerosis. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2018;99(10):2050-2058.
9. Turner AP, Hartoonian N, Sloan AP, et al. Improving fatigue and depression in individuals with multiple sclerosis using telephone-administered physical activity counseling. J Consult Clin Psychol. 2016;84(4):297-309.
10. Haselkorn JK, Hughes C, Rae-Grant A, et al. Summary of comprehensive systematic review: rehabilitation in multiple sclerosis: Report of the Guideline Development, Dissemination, and Implementation Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology. 2015;85(21):1896-1903.
11. Hirsh AT, Turner AP, Ehde DM, Haselkorn JK. Prevalence and impact of pain in multiple sclerosis: physical and psychologic contributors. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2009;90(4):646-651.
12. Khurana SR, Bamer AM, Turner AP, et al. The prevalence of overweight and obesity in veterans with multiple sclerosis. Am J Phys Med Rehabil. 2009;88(2):83-91.
13. Turner AP, Kivlahan DR, Kazis LE, Haselkorn JK. Smoking among veterans with multiple sclerosis: prevalence correlates, quit attempts, and unmet need for services. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2007;88(11):1394-1399.
14. Turner AP, Hawkins EJ, Haselkorn JK, Kivlahan DR. Alcohol misuse and multiple sclerosis. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2009;90(5):842-848.
15. Turner AP, Kivlahan DR, Haselkorn JK. Exercise and quality of life among people with multiple sclerosis: looking beyond physical functioning to mental health and participation in life. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2009;90(3):420-428.
16. Turner AP, Chapko MK, Yanez D, et al. Access to multiple sclerosis specialty care. PM R. 2013;5(12):1044-1050.
17. Gromisch ES, Turner AP, Leipertz SL, Beauvais J, Haselkorn JK. Risk factors for suboptimal medication adherence in persons with multiple sclerosis: development of an electronic health record-based explanatory model for disease-modifying therapy use [published online ahead of print, 2019 Dec 3]. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2019;S0003-9993(19)31430-3143.
18. Settle JR, Maloni H, Bedra M, Finkelstein J, Zhan M, Wallin M. Monitoring medication adherence in multiple sclerosis using a novel web-based tool. J Telemed Telecare. 2016;22:225-233.
19. Gromisch ES, Turner AP, Leipertz SL, Beauvais J, Haselkorn JK. Who is not coming to clinic? A predictive model of excessive missed appointments in persons with multiple sclerosis. Mult Scler Rel Dis. In Press.
1. US Department of Veterans Affairs, Multiple Sclerosis Centers of Excellence. Multiple Sclerosis System of Care-VHA Directive 1101.06 and Multiple Sclerosis Centers of Excellence network facilities. https://www.va.gov/MS/veterans/find_a_clinic/index_clinics.asp. Updated February 26, 2020. Accessed March 6, 2020.
2. National MS Society. MS navigator program. https://www.nationalmssociety.org/For-Professionals/Clinical-Care/MS-Navigator-Program. Accessed March 6, 2020.
3. Wallin MT, Culpepper WJ, Campbell JD, et al. The prevalence of MS in the United States: a population-based estimate using health claims data. Neurology. 2019;92:e1029-e1040.
4. GBD 2016 Multiple Sclerosis Collaborators. Global, regional, and national burden of multiple sclerosis 1990-2016: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2016. Lancet Neurol. 2019;18(3):269-285.
5. GBD 2016 Neurology Collaborators. Global, regional, and national burden of neurological disorders, 1990-2016: a systematic analysis for the Global Burden of Disease Study 2016. Lancet Neurol. 2019;18(5):459-480.
6. Solomon AJ, Bourdette DN, Cross AH, et al. The contemporary spectrum of multiple sclerosis misdiagnosis: a multicenter study. Neurology. 2016;87(13):1393-1399.
7. Spain R, Powers K, Murchison C, et al. Lipoic acid in secondary progressive MS: a randomized controlled pilot trial. Neurol Neuroimmunol Neuroinflamm. 2017;4(5):e374.
8. Martini DN, Zeeboer E, Hildebrand A, Fling BW, Hugos CL, Cameron MH. ADSTEP: preliminary investigation of a multicomponent walking aid program in people with multiple sclerosis. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2018;99(10):2050-2058.
9. Turner AP, Hartoonian N, Sloan AP, et al. Improving fatigue and depression in individuals with multiple sclerosis using telephone-administered physical activity counseling. J Consult Clin Psychol. 2016;84(4):297-309.
10. Haselkorn JK, Hughes C, Rae-Grant A, et al. Summary of comprehensive systematic review: rehabilitation in multiple sclerosis: Report of the Guideline Development, Dissemination, and Implementation Subcommittee of the American Academy of Neurology. Neurology. 2015;85(21):1896-1903.
11. Hirsh AT, Turner AP, Ehde DM, Haselkorn JK. Prevalence and impact of pain in multiple sclerosis: physical and psychologic contributors. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2009;90(4):646-651.
12. Khurana SR, Bamer AM, Turner AP, et al. The prevalence of overweight and obesity in veterans with multiple sclerosis. Am J Phys Med Rehabil. 2009;88(2):83-91.
13. Turner AP, Kivlahan DR, Kazis LE, Haselkorn JK. Smoking among veterans with multiple sclerosis: prevalence correlates, quit attempts, and unmet need for services. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2007;88(11):1394-1399.
14. Turner AP, Hawkins EJ, Haselkorn JK, Kivlahan DR. Alcohol misuse and multiple sclerosis. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2009;90(5):842-848.
15. Turner AP, Kivlahan DR, Haselkorn JK. Exercise and quality of life among people with multiple sclerosis: looking beyond physical functioning to mental health and participation in life. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2009;90(3):420-428.
16. Turner AP, Chapko MK, Yanez D, et al. Access to multiple sclerosis specialty care. PM R. 2013;5(12):1044-1050.
17. Gromisch ES, Turner AP, Leipertz SL, Beauvais J, Haselkorn JK. Risk factors for suboptimal medication adherence in persons with multiple sclerosis: development of an electronic health record-based explanatory model for disease-modifying therapy use [published online ahead of print, 2019 Dec 3]. Arch Phys Med Rehabil. 2019;S0003-9993(19)31430-3143.
18. Settle JR, Maloni H, Bedra M, Finkelstein J, Zhan M, Wallin M. Monitoring medication adherence in multiple sclerosis using a novel web-based tool. J Telemed Telecare. 2016;22:225-233.
19. Gromisch ES, Turner AP, Leipertz SL, Beauvais J, Haselkorn JK. Who is not coming to clinic? A predictive model of excessive missed appointments in persons with multiple sclerosis. Mult Scler Rel Dis. In Press.
A clinical approach to pharmacotherapy for personality disorders
DSM-5 defines personality disorders (PDs) as the presence of an enduring pattern of inner experience and behavior that “deviates markedly from the expectations of the individual’s culture, is pervasive and inflexible, has an onset in adulthood, is stable over time, and leads to distress or impairment.”1 As a general rule, PDs are not limited to episodes of illness, but reflect an individual’s long-term adjustment. These disorders occur in 10% to 15% of the general population; the rates are especially high in health care settings, in criminal offenders, and in those with a substance use disorder (SUD).2 PDs nearly always have an onset in adolescence or early adulthood and tend to diminish in severity with advancing age. They are associated with high rates of unemployment, homelessness, divorce and separation, domestic violence, substance misuse, and suicide.3
Psychotherapy is the first-line treatment for PDs, but there has been growing interest in using pharmacotherapy to treat PDs. While much of the PD treatment literature focuses on borderline PD,4-9 this article describes diagnosis, potential pharmacotherapy strategies, and methods to assess response to treatment for patients with all types of PDs.
Recognizing and diagnosing personality disorders
The diagnosis of a PD requires an understanding of DSM-5 criteria combined with a comprehensive psychiatric history and mental status examination. The patient’s history is the most important basis for diagnosing a PD.2 Collateral information from relatives or friends can help confirm the severity and pervasiveness of the individual’s personality problems. In some patients, long-term observation might be necessary to confirm the presence of a PD. Some clinicians are reluctant to diagnose PDs because of stigma, a problem common among patients with borderline PD.10,11
To screen for PDs, a clinician might ask the patient about problems with interpersonal relationships, sense of self, work, affect, impulse control, and reality testing. Table 112 lists general screening questions for the presence of a PD from the Iowa Personality Disorders Screen. Structured diagnostic interviews and self-report assessments could boost recognition of PDs, but these tools are rarely used outside of research settings.13,14
The PD clusters
DSM-5 divides 10 PDs into 3 clusters based on shared phenomenology and diagnostic criteria. Few patients have a “pure” case in which they meet criteria for only a single personality disorder.1
Cluster A. “Eccentric cluster” disorders are united by social aversion, a failure to form close attachments, or paranoia and suspiciousness.15 These include paranoid, schizoid, and schizotypal PD. Low self-awareness is typical. There are no treatment guidelines for these disorders, although there is some clinical trial data for schizotypal PD.
Cluster B. “Dramatic cluster” disorders share dramatic, emotional, and erratic characteristics.14 These include narcissistic, antisocial, borderline, and histrionic PD. Antisocial and narcissistic patients have low self-awareness. There are treatment guidelines for antisocial and borderline PD, and a variety of clinical trial data is available for the latter.15
Continue to: Cluster C
Cluster C. “Anxious cluster” disorders are united by anxiousness, fearfulness, and poor self-esteem. Many of these patients also display interpersonal rigidity.15 These disorders include avoidant, dependent, and obsessive-compulsive PD. There are no treatment guidelines or clinical trial data for these disorders.
Why consider pharmacotherapy for personality disorders?
The consensus among experts is that psychotherapy is the treatment of choice for PDs.15 Despite significant gaps in the evidence base, there has been a growing interest in using psychotropic medication to treat PDs. For example, research shows that >90% of patients with borderline PD are prescribed medication, most typically antidepressants, antipsychotics, mood stabilizers, stimulants, or sedative-hypnotics.16,17
Increased interest in pharmacotherapy for PDs could be related to research showing the importance of underlying neurobiology, particularly for antisocial and borderline PD.18,19 This work is complemented by genetic research showing the heritability of PD traits and disorders.20,21 Another factor could be renewed interest in dimensional approaches to the classification of PDs, as exemplified by DSM-5’s alternative model for PDs.1 This approach aligns with some expert recommendations to focus on treating PD symptom dimensions, rather than the syndrome itself.22
Importantly, no psychotropic medication is FDA-approved for the treatment of any PD. For that reason, prescribing medication for a PD is “off-label,” although prescribing a medication for a comorbid disorder for which the drug has an FDA-approved indication is not (eg, prescribing an antidepressant for major depressive disorder [MDD]).
Principles for prescribing
Despite gaps in research data, general principles for using medication to treat PDs have emerged from treatment guidelines for antisocial and borderline PD, clinical trial data, reviews and meta-analyses, and expert opinion. Clinicians should address the following considerations before prescribing medication to a patient with a PD.
Continue to: PD diagnosis
PD diagnosis. Has the patient been properly assessed and diagnosed? While history is the most important basis for diagnosis, the clinician should be familiar with the PDs and DSM-5 criteria. Has the patient been informed of the diagnosis and its implications for treatment?
Patient interest in medication. Is the patient interested in taking medication? Patients with borderline PD are often prescribed medication, but there are sparse data for the other PDs. The patient might have little interest in the PD diagnosis or its treatment.
Comorbidity. Has the patient been assessed for comorbid psychiatric disorders that could interfere with medication use (ie, an SUD) or might be a focus of treatment (eg, MDD)? Patients with PDs typically have significant comorbidity that a thorough evaluation will uncover.
PD symptom dimensions. Has the patient been assessed to determine cognitive or behavioral symptom dimensions of their PD? One or more symptom dimension(s) could be the focus of treatment. Table 2 lists examples of PD symptom dimensions.
Strategies to guide prescribing
Strategies to help guide prescribing include targeting any comorbid disorder(s), targeting important PD symptom dimensions (eg, impulsive aggression), choosing medication based on the similarity of the PD to another disorder known to respond to medication, and targeting the PD itself.
Continue to: Targeting comorbid disorders
Targeting comorbid disorders. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence guidelines for antisocial and borderline PD recommend that clinicians focus on treating comorbid disorders, a position echoed in Cochrane and other reviews.4,9,22-26 For example, a patient with borderline PD experiencing a major depressive episode could be treated with an antidepressant. Targeting the depressive symptoms could boost the patient’s mood, perhaps lessening the individual’s PD symptoms or reducing their severity.
Targeting important symptom dimensions. For patients with borderline PD, several guidelines and reviews have suggested that treatment should focus on emotional dysregulation and impulsive aggression (mood stabilizers, antipsychotics), or cognitive-perceptual symptoms (antipsychotics).4-6,15 There is some evidence that mood stabilizers or second-generation antipsychotics could help reduce impulsive aggression in patients with antisocial PD.27
Choosing medication based on similarity to another disorder known to respond to medication. Avoidant PD overlaps with social anxiety disorder and can be conceptualized as a chronic, pervasive social phobia. Avoidant PD might respond to a medication known to be effective for treating social anxiety disorder, such as a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) or venlafaxine.28 Treating obsessive-compulsive PD with an SSRI is another example of this strategy, as 1 small study of fluvoxamine suggests.29 Obsessive-compulsive PD is common in persons with obsessive-compulsive disorder, and overlap includes preoccupation with orders, rules, and lists, and an inability to throw things out.
Targeting the PD syndrome. Another strategy is to target the PD itself. Clinical trial data suggest the antipsychotic risperidone can reduce the symptoms of schizotypal PD.30 Considering that this PD has a genetic association with schizophrenia, it is not surprising that the patient’s ideas of reference, odd communication, or transient paranoia might respond to an antipsychotic. Data from randomized controlled trials (RCTs) support the use of the second-generation antipsychotics aripiprazole and quetiapine to treat BPD.31,32 While older guidelines4,5 supported the use of the mood stabilizer lamotrigine, a recent RCT found that it was no more effective than placebo for borderline PD or its symptom dimensions.33
What to do before prescribing
Before writing a prescription, the clinician and patient should discuss the presence of a PD and the desirability of treatment. The patient should understand the limited evidence base and know that medication prescribed for a PD is off-label. The clinician should discuss medication selection and its rationale, and whether the medication is targeting a comorbid disorder, symptom dimension(s), or the PD itself. Additional considerations for prescribing for patients with PDs are listed in Table 3.34
Continue to: Avoid polypharmacy
Avoid polypharmacy. Many patients with borderline PD are prescribed multiple psychotropic medications.16,17 This approach leads to greater expense and more adverse effects, and is not evidence-based.
Avoid benzodiazepines. Many patients with borderline PD are prescribed benzodiazepines, often as part of a polypharmacy regimen. These drugs can cause disinhibition, thereby increasing acting-out behaviors and self-harm.35 Also, patients with PDs often have SUDs, which is a contraindication for benzodiazepine use.
Rate the patient’s improvement. Both the patient and clinician can benefit from monitoring symptomatic improvement. Several validated scales can be used to rate depression, anxiety, impulsivity, mood lability, anger, and aggression (Table 436-41).Some validated scales for borderline PD align with DSM-5 criteria. Two such widely used instruments are the Zanarini Rating Scale for Borderline Personality Disorder (ZAN-BPD)42 and the self-rated Borderline Evaluation of Severity Over Time (BEST).43 Each has questions that could be pulled to rate a symptom dimension of interest, such as affective instability, anger dyscontrol, or abandonment fears (Table 542,43).
A visual analog scale is easy to use and can target symptom dimensions of interest.44 For example, a clinician could use a visual analog scale to rate mood instability by asking a patient to rate their mood severity by making a mark along a 10-cm line (0 = “Most erratic emotions I have experienced,” 10 = “Most stable I have ever experienced my emotions to be”). This score can be recorded at baseline and subsequent visits.
Take-home points
PDs are common in the general population and health care settings. They are underrecognized by the general public and mental health professionals, often because of stigma. Clinicians could boost their recognition of these disorders by embedding simple screening questions in their patient assessments. Many patients with PDs will be interested in pharmacotherapy for their disorder or symptoms. Treatment strategies include targeting the comorbid disorder(s), targeting important PD symptom dimensions, choosing medication based on the similarity of the PD to another disorder known to respond to medication, and targeting the PD itself. Each strategy has its limitations and varying degrees of empirical support. Treatment response can be monitored using validated scales or a visual analog scale.
Continue to: Bottom Line
Bottom Line
Although psychotherapy is the first-line treatment and no medications are FDAapproved for treating personality disorders (PDs), there has been growing interest in using psychotropic medication to treat PDs. Strategies for pharmacotherapy include targeting comorbid disorders, PD symptom dimensions, or the PD itself. Choice of medication can be based on the similarity of the PD with another disorder known to respond to medication.
Related Resources
- Correa Da Costa S, Sanches M, Soares JC. Bipolar disorder or borderline personality disorder? Current Psychiatry. 2019;18(11):26-29,35-39.
- Bateman A, Gunderson J, Mulder R. Treatment of personality disorders. Lancet. 2015;385(9969):735-743.
Drug Brand Names
Aripiprazole • Abilify
Fluvoxamine • Luvox
Lamotrigine • Lamictal
Quetiapine • Seroquel
Risperidone • Risperdal
Venlafaxine • Effexor
1. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
2. Black DW, Andreasen N. Personality disorders. In: Black DW, Andreasen N. Introductory textbook of psychiatry, 7th edition. American Psychiatric Publishing; 2020:410-423.
3. Black DW, Blum N, Pfohl B, et al. Suicidal behavior in borderline personality disorder: prevalence, risk factors, prediction, and prevention. J Pers Disord 2004;18(3):226-239.
4. Lieb K, Völlm B, Rücker G, et al. Pharmacotherapy for borderline personality disorder: Cochrane systematic review of randomised trials. Br J Psychiatry. 2010;196(1):4-12.
5. Vita A, De Peri L, Sacchetti E. Antipsychotics, antidepressants, anticonvulsants, and placebo on the symptom dimensions of borderline personality disorder – a meta-analysis of randomized controlled and open-label trials. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2011;31(5):613-624.
6. Stoffers JM, Lieb K. Pharmacotherapy for borderline personality disorder – current evidence and recent trends. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2015;17(1):534.
7. Hancock-Johnson E, Griffiths C, Picchioni M. A focused systematic review of pharmacological treatment for borderline personality disorder. CNS Drugs. 2017;31(5):345-356.
8. Black DW, Paris J, Schulz SC. Personality disorders: evidence-based integrated biopsychosocial treatment of borderline personality disorder. In: Muse M, ed. Cognitive behavioral psychopharmacology: the clinical practice of evidence-based biopsychosocial integration. John Wiley & Sons; 2018:137-165.
9. Stoffers-Winterling J, Sorebø OJ, Lieb K. Pharmacotherapy for borderline personality disorder: an update of published, unpublished and ongoing studies. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2020;22(8):37.
10. Lewis G, Appleby L. Personality disorder: the patients psychiatrists dislike. Br J Psychiatry. 1988;153:44-49.
11. Black DW, Pfohl B, Blum N, et al. Attitudes toward borderline personality disorder: a survey of 706 mental health clinicians. CNS Spectr. 2011;16(3):67-74.
12. Langbehn DR, Pfohl BM, Reynolds S, et al. The Iowa Personality Disorder Screen: development and preliminary validation of a brief screening interview. J Pers Disord. 1999;13(1):75-89.
13. Pfohl B, Blum N, Zimmerman M. Structured Interview for DSM-IV Personality (SIDP-IV). American Psychiatric Press; 1997.
14. First MB, Spitzer RL, Gibbon M, et al. The Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-III-R Personality Disorders (SCID-II). Part II: multisite test-retest reliability study. J Pers Disord. 1995;9(2):92-104.
15. Bateman A, Gunderson J, Mulder R. Treatment of personality disorders. Lancet. 2015;385(9969):735-743.
16. Zanarini MC, Frankenburg FR, Reich DB, et al. Treatment rates for patients with borderline personality disorder and other personality disorders: a 16-year study. Psychiatr Serv. 2015;66(1):15-20.
17. Black DW, Allen J, McCormick B, et al. Treatment received by persons with BPD participating in a randomized clinical trial of the Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving programme. Person Ment Health. 2011;5(3):159-168.
18. Yang Y, Glenn AL, Raine A. Brain abnormalities in antisocial individuals: implications for the law. Behav Sci Law. 2008;26(1):65-83.
19. Ruocco AC, Amirthavasagam S, Choi-Kain LW, et al. Neural correlates of negative emotionality in BPD: an activation-likelihood-estimation meta-analysis. Biol Psychiatry. 2013;73(2):153-160.
20. Livesley WJ, Jang KL, Jackson DN, et al. Genetic and environmental contributions to dimensions of personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 1993;150(12):1826-1831.
21. Slutske WS. The genetics of antisocial behavior. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2001;3(2):158-162.
22. Ripoll LH, Triebwasser J, Siever LJ. Evidence-based pharmacotherapy for personality disorders. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol. 2011;14(9):1257-1288.
23. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). Borderline personality disorder: recognition and management. Clinical guideline [CG78]. Published January 2009. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg78
24. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). Antisocial personality disorder: prevention and management. Clinical guideline [CG77]. Published January 2009. Updated March 27, 2013. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg77
25. Khalifa N, Duggan C, Stoffers J, et al. Pharmacologic interventions for antisocial personality disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rep. 2010;(8):CD007667.
26. Stoffers JM, Völlm BA, Rücker G, et al. Psychological therapies for people with borderline personality disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012;2012(8):CD005652.
27. Black DW. The treatment of antisocial personality disorder. Current Treatment Options in Psychiatry. 2017. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40501-017-0123-z
28. Stein MB, Liebowitz MR, Lydiard RB, et al. Paroxetine treatment of generalized social phobia (social anxiety disorder): a randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 1998;280(8):708-713.
29. Ansseau M. The obsessive-compulsive personality: diagnostic aspects and treatment possibilities. In: Den Boer JA, Westenberg HGM, eds. Focus on obsessive-compulsive spectrum disorders. Syn-Thesis; 1997:61-73.
30. Koenigsberg HW, Reynolds D, Goodman M, et al. Risperidone in the treatment of schizotypal personality disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2003;64(6):628-634.
31. Black DW, Zanarini MC, Romine A, et al. Comparison of low and moderate dosages of extended-release quetiapine in borderline personality disorder: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Am J Psychiatry. 2014;171(11):1174-1182.
32. Nickel MK, Muelbacher M, Nickel C, et al. Aripiprazole in the treatment of patients with borderline personality disorder: a double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Am J Psychiatry. 2006;163(5):833-838.
33. Crawford MJ, Sanatinia R, Barrett B, et al; LABILE study team. The clinical effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of lamotrigine in borderline personality disorder: a randomized placebo-controlled trial. Am J Psychiatry. 2018;175(8):756-764.
34. Frankenburg FR, Zanarini MC. The association between borderline personality disorder and chronic medical illnesses, poor health-related lifestyle choices, and costly forms of health care utilization. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(12)1660-1665.
35. Cowdry RW, Gardner DL. Pharmacotherapy of borderline personality disorder. Alprazolam, carbamazepine, trifluoperazine, and tranylcypromine. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1988;45(2):111-119.
36. Overall JE, Gorham DR. The Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale. Psychol Rep. 1962;10:799-812.
37. Ratey JJ, Gutheil CM. The measurement of aggressive behavior: reflections on the use of the Overt Aggression Scale and the Modified Overt Aggression Scale. J Neuropsychiatr Clin Neurosci. 1991;3(2):S57-S60.
38. Spielberger CD, Sydeman SJ, Owen AE, et al. Measuring anxiety and anger with the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI) and the State-Trait Anger Expression Inventory (STAXI). In: Maruish ME, ed. The use of psychological testing for treatment planning and outcomes assessment. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers; 1999:993-1021.
39. Beck AT, Steer RA, Brown GK. Manual for the Beck Depression Inventory II. Psychological Corp; 1996.
40. Watson D, Clark LA. The PANAS-X: Manual for the Positive and Negative Affect Schedule – Expanded Form. The University of Iowa; 1999.
41. Harvey D, Greenberg BR, Serper MR, et al. The affective lability scales: development, reliability, and validity. J Clin Psychol. 1989;45(5):786-793.
42. Zanarini MC, Vujanovic AA, Parachini EA, et al. Zanarini Rating Scale for Borderline Personality Disorder (ZAN-BPD): a continuous measure of DSM-IV borderline psychopathology. J Person Disord. 2003:17(3):233-242.
43. Pfohl B, Blum N, St John D, et al. Reliability and validity of the Borderline Evaluation of Severity Over Time (BEST): a new scale to measure severity and change in borderline personality disorder. J Person Disord. 2009;23(3):281-293.
44. Ahearn EP. The use of visual analog scales in mood disorders: a critical review. J Psychiatr Res. 1997;31(5):569-579.
DSM-5 defines personality disorders (PDs) as the presence of an enduring pattern of inner experience and behavior that “deviates markedly from the expectations of the individual’s culture, is pervasive and inflexible, has an onset in adulthood, is stable over time, and leads to distress or impairment.”1 As a general rule, PDs are not limited to episodes of illness, but reflect an individual’s long-term adjustment. These disorders occur in 10% to 15% of the general population; the rates are especially high in health care settings, in criminal offenders, and in those with a substance use disorder (SUD).2 PDs nearly always have an onset in adolescence or early adulthood and tend to diminish in severity with advancing age. They are associated with high rates of unemployment, homelessness, divorce and separation, domestic violence, substance misuse, and suicide.3
Psychotherapy is the first-line treatment for PDs, but there has been growing interest in using pharmacotherapy to treat PDs. While much of the PD treatment literature focuses on borderline PD,4-9 this article describes diagnosis, potential pharmacotherapy strategies, and methods to assess response to treatment for patients with all types of PDs.
Recognizing and diagnosing personality disorders
The diagnosis of a PD requires an understanding of DSM-5 criteria combined with a comprehensive psychiatric history and mental status examination. The patient’s history is the most important basis for diagnosing a PD.2 Collateral information from relatives or friends can help confirm the severity and pervasiveness of the individual’s personality problems. In some patients, long-term observation might be necessary to confirm the presence of a PD. Some clinicians are reluctant to diagnose PDs because of stigma, a problem common among patients with borderline PD.10,11
To screen for PDs, a clinician might ask the patient about problems with interpersonal relationships, sense of self, work, affect, impulse control, and reality testing. Table 112 lists general screening questions for the presence of a PD from the Iowa Personality Disorders Screen. Structured diagnostic interviews and self-report assessments could boost recognition of PDs, but these tools are rarely used outside of research settings.13,14
The PD clusters
DSM-5 divides 10 PDs into 3 clusters based on shared phenomenology and diagnostic criteria. Few patients have a “pure” case in which they meet criteria for only a single personality disorder.1
Cluster A. “Eccentric cluster” disorders are united by social aversion, a failure to form close attachments, or paranoia and suspiciousness.15 These include paranoid, schizoid, and schizotypal PD. Low self-awareness is typical. There are no treatment guidelines for these disorders, although there is some clinical trial data for schizotypal PD.
Cluster B. “Dramatic cluster” disorders share dramatic, emotional, and erratic characteristics.14 These include narcissistic, antisocial, borderline, and histrionic PD. Antisocial and narcissistic patients have low self-awareness. There are treatment guidelines for antisocial and borderline PD, and a variety of clinical trial data is available for the latter.15
Continue to: Cluster C
Cluster C. “Anxious cluster” disorders are united by anxiousness, fearfulness, and poor self-esteem. Many of these patients also display interpersonal rigidity.15 These disorders include avoidant, dependent, and obsessive-compulsive PD. There are no treatment guidelines or clinical trial data for these disorders.
Why consider pharmacotherapy for personality disorders?
The consensus among experts is that psychotherapy is the treatment of choice for PDs.15 Despite significant gaps in the evidence base, there has been a growing interest in using psychotropic medication to treat PDs. For example, research shows that >90% of patients with borderline PD are prescribed medication, most typically antidepressants, antipsychotics, mood stabilizers, stimulants, or sedative-hypnotics.16,17
Increased interest in pharmacotherapy for PDs could be related to research showing the importance of underlying neurobiology, particularly for antisocial and borderline PD.18,19 This work is complemented by genetic research showing the heritability of PD traits and disorders.20,21 Another factor could be renewed interest in dimensional approaches to the classification of PDs, as exemplified by DSM-5’s alternative model for PDs.1 This approach aligns with some expert recommendations to focus on treating PD symptom dimensions, rather than the syndrome itself.22
Importantly, no psychotropic medication is FDA-approved for the treatment of any PD. For that reason, prescribing medication for a PD is “off-label,” although prescribing a medication for a comorbid disorder for which the drug has an FDA-approved indication is not (eg, prescribing an antidepressant for major depressive disorder [MDD]).
Principles for prescribing
Despite gaps in research data, general principles for using medication to treat PDs have emerged from treatment guidelines for antisocial and borderline PD, clinical trial data, reviews and meta-analyses, and expert opinion. Clinicians should address the following considerations before prescribing medication to a patient with a PD.
Continue to: PD diagnosis
PD diagnosis. Has the patient been properly assessed and diagnosed? While history is the most important basis for diagnosis, the clinician should be familiar with the PDs and DSM-5 criteria. Has the patient been informed of the diagnosis and its implications for treatment?
Patient interest in medication. Is the patient interested in taking medication? Patients with borderline PD are often prescribed medication, but there are sparse data for the other PDs. The patient might have little interest in the PD diagnosis or its treatment.
Comorbidity. Has the patient been assessed for comorbid psychiatric disorders that could interfere with medication use (ie, an SUD) or might be a focus of treatment (eg, MDD)? Patients with PDs typically have significant comorbidity that a thorough evaluation will uncover.
PD symptom dimensions. Has the patient been assessed to determine cognitive or behavioral symptom dimensions of their PD? One or more symptom dimension(s) could be the focus of treatment. Table 2 lists examples of PD symptom dimensions.
Strategies to guide prescribing
Strategies to help guide prescribing include targeting any comorbid disorder(s), targeting important PD symptom dimensions (eg, impulsive aggression), choosing medication based on the similarity of the PD to another disorder known to respond to medication, and targeting the PD itself.
Continue to: Targeting comorbid disorders
Targeting comorbid disorders. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence guidelines for antisocial and borderline PD recommend that clinicians focus on treating comorbid disorders, a position echoed in Cochrane and other reviews.4,9,22-26 For example, a patient with borderline PD experiencing a major depressive episode could be treated with an antidepressant. Targeting the depressive symptoms could boost the patient’s mood, perhaps lessening the individual’s PD symptoms or reducing their severity.
Targeting important symptom dimensions. For patients with borderline PD, several guidelines and reviews have suggested that treatment should focus on emotional dysregulation and impulsive aggression (mood stabilizers, antipsychotics), or cognitive-perceptual symptoms (antipsychotics).4-6,15 There is some evidence that mood stabilizers or second-generation antipsychotics could help reduce impulsive aggression in patients with antisocial PD.27
Choosing medication based on similarity to another disorder known to respond to medication. Avoidant PD overlaps with social anxiety disorder and can be conceptualized as a chronic, pervasive social phobia. Avoidant PD might respond to a medication known to be effective for treating social anxiety disorder, such as a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) or venlafaxine.28 Treating obsessive-compulsive PD with an SSRI is another example of this strategy, as 1 small study of fluvoxamine suggests.29 Obsessive-compulsive PD is common in persons with obsessive-compulsive disorder, and overlap includes preoccupation with orders, rules, and lists, and an inability to throw things out.
Targeting the PD syndrome. Another strategy is to target the PD itself. Clinical trial data suggest the antipsychotic risperidone can reduce the symptoms of schizotypal PD.30 Considering that this PD has a genetic association with schizophrenia, it is not surprising that the patient’s ideas of reference, odd communication, or transient paranoia might respond to an antipsychotic. Data from randomized controlled trials (RCTs) support the use of the second-generation antipsychotics aripiprazole and quetiapine to treat BPD.31,32 While older guidelines4,5 supported the use of the mood stabilizer lamotrigine, a recent RCT found that it was no more effective than placebo for borderline PD or its symptom dimensions.33
What to do before prescribing
Before writing a prescription, the clinician and patient should discuss the presence of a PD and the desirability of treatment. The patient should understand the limited evidence base and know that medication prescribed for a PD is off-label. The clinician should discuss medication selection and its rationale, and whether the medication is targeting a comorbid disorder, symptom dimension(s), or the PD itself. Additional considerations for prescribing for patients with PDs are listed in Table 3.34
Continue to: Avoid polypharmacy
Avoid polypharmacy. Many patients with borderline PD are prescribed multiple psychotropic medications.16,17 This approach leads to greater expense and more adverse effects, and is not evidence-based.
Avoid benzodiazepines. Many patients with borderline PD are prescribed benzodiazepines, often as part of a polypharmacy regimen. These drugs can cause disinhibition, thereby increasing acting-out behaviors and self-harm.35 Also, patients with PDs often have SUDs, which is a contraindication for benzodiazepine use.
Rate the patient’s improvement. Both the patient and clinician can benefit from monitoring symptomatic improvement. Several validated scales can be used to rate depression, anxiety, impulsivity, mood lability, anger, and aggression (Table 436-41).Some validated scales for borderline PD align with DSM-5 criteria. Two such widely used instruments are the Zanarini Rating Scale for Borderline Personality Disorder (ZAN-BPD)42 and the self-rated Borderline Evaluation of Severity Over Time (BEST).43 Each has questions that could be pulled to rate a symptom dimension of interest, such as affective instability, anger dyscontrol, or abandonment fears (Table 542,43).
A visual analog scale is easy to use and can target symptom dimensions of interest.44 For example, a clinician could use a visual analog scale to rate mood instability by asking a patient to rate their mood severity by making a mark along a 10-cm line (0 = “Most erratic emotions I have experienced,” 10 = “Most stable I have ever experienced my emotions to be”). This score can be recorded at baseline and subsequent visits.
Take-home points
PDs are common in the general population and health care settings. They are underrecognized by the general public and mental health professionals, often because of stigma. Clinicians could boost their recognition of these disorders by embedding simple screening questions in their patient assessments. Many patients with PDs will be interested in pharmacotherapy for their disorder or symptoms. Treatment strategies include targeting the comorbid disorder(s), targeting important PD symptom dimensions, choosing medication based on the similarity of the PD to another disorder known to respond to medication, and targeting the PD itself. Each strategy has its limitations and varying degrees of empirical support. Treatment response can be monitored using validated scales or a visual analog scale.
Continue to: Bottom Line
Bottom Line
Although psychotherapy is the first-line treatment and no medications are FDAapproved for treating personality disorders (PDs), there has been growing interest in using psychotropic medication to treat PDs. Strategies for pharmacotherapy include targeting comorbid disorders, PD symptom dimensions, or the PD itself. Choice of medication can be based on the similarity of the PD with another disorder known to respond to medication.
Related Resources
- Correa Da Costa S, Sanches M, Soares JC. Bipolar disorder or borderline personality disorder? Current Psychiatry. 2019;18(11):26-29,35-39.
- Bateman A, Gunderson J, Mulder R. Treatment of personality disorders. Lancet. 2015;385(9969):735-743.
Drug Brand Names
Aripiprazole • Abilify
Fluvoxamine • Luvox
Lamotrigine • Lamictal
Quetiapine • Seroquel
Risperidone • Risperdal
Venlafaxine • Effexor
DSM-5 defines personality disorders (PDs) as the presence of an enduring pattern of inner experience and behavior that “deviates markedly from the expectations of the individual’s culture, is pervasive and inflexible, has an onset in adulthood, is stable over time, and leads to distress or impairment.”1 As a general rule, PDs are not limited to episodes of illness, but reflect an individual’s long-term adjustment. These disorders occur in 10% to 15% of the general population; the rates are especially high in health care settings, in criminal offenders, and in those with a substance use disorder (SUD).2 PDs nearly always have an onset in adolescence or early adulthood and tend to diminish in severity with advancing age. They are associated with high rates of unemployment, homelessness, divorce and separation, domestic violence, substance misuse, and suicide.3
Psychotherapy is the first-line treatment for PDs, but there has been growing interest in using pharmacotherapy to treat PDs. While much of the PD treatment literature focuses on borderline PD,4-9 this article describes diagnosis, potential pharmacotherapy strategies, and methods to assess response to treatment for patients with all types of PDs.
Recognizing and diagnosing personality disorders
The diagnosis of a PD requires an understanding of DSM-5 criteria combined with a comprehensive psychiatric history and mental status examination. The patient’s history is the most important basis for diagnosing a PD.2 Collateral information from relatives or friends can help confirm the severity and pervasiveness of the individual’s personality problems. In some patients, long-term observation might be necessary to confirm the presence of a PD. Some clinicians are reluctant to diagnose PDs because of stigma, a problem common among patients with borderline PD.10,11
To screen for PDs, a clinician might ask the patient about problems with interpersonal relationships, sense of self, work, affect, impulse control, and reality testing. Table 112 lists general screening questions for the presence of a PD from the Iowa Personality Disorders Screen. Structured diagnostic interviews and self-report assessments could boost recognition of PDs, but these tools are rarely used outside of research settings.13,14
The PD clusters
DSM-5 divides 10 PDs into 3 clusters based on shared phenomenology and diagnostic criteria. Few patients have a “pure” case in which they meet criteria for only a single personality disorder.1
Cluster A. “Eccentric cluster” disorders are united by social aversion, a failure to form close attachments, or paranoia and suspiciousness.15 These include paranoid, schizoid, and schizotypal PD. Low self-awareness is typical. There are no treatment guidelines for these disorders, although there is some clinical trial data for schizotypal PD.
Cluster B. “Dramatic cluster” disorders share dramatic, emotional, and erratic characteristics.14 These include narcissistic, antisocial, borderline, and histrionic PD. Antisocial and narcissistic patients have low self-awareness. There are treatment guidelines for antisocial and borderline PD, and a variety of clinical trial data is available for the latter.15
Continue to: Cluster C
Cluster C. “Anxious cluster” disorders are united by anxiousness, fearfulness, and poor self-esteem. Many of these patients also display interpersonal rigidity.15 These disorders include avoidant, dependent, and obsessive-compulsive PD. There are no treatment guidelines or clinical trial data for these disorders.
Why consider pharmacotherapy for personality disorders?
The consensus among experts is that psychotherapy is the treatment of choice for PDs.15 Despite significant gaps in the evidence base, there has been a growing interest in using psychotropic medication to treat PDs. For example, research shows that >90% of patients with borderline PD are prescribed medication, most typically antidepressants, antipsychotics, mood stabilizers, stimulants, or sedative-hypnotics.16,17
Increased interest in pharmacotherapy for PDs could be related to research showing the importance of underlying neurobiology, particularly for antisocial and borderline PD.18,19 This work is complemented by genetic research showing the heritability of PD traits and disorders.20,21 Another factor could be renewed interest in dimensional approaches to the classification of PDs, as exemplified by DSM-5’s alternative model for PDs.1 This approach aligns with some expert recommendations to focus on treating PD symptom dimensions, rather than the syndrome itself.22
Importantly, no psychotropic medication is FDA-approved for the treatment of any PD. For that reason, prescribing medication for a PD is “off-label,” although prescribing a medication for a comorbid disorder for which the drug has an FDA-approved indication is not (eg, prescribing an antidepressant for major depressive disorder [MDD]).
Principles for prescribing
Despite gaps in research data, general principles for using medication to treat PDs have emerged from treatment guidelines for antisocial and borderline PD, clinical trial data, reviews and meta-analyses, and expert opinion. Clinicians should address the following considerations before prescribing medication to a patient with a PD.
Continue to: PD diagnosis
PD diagnosis. Has the patient been properly assessed and diagnosed? While history is the most important basis for diagnosis, the clinician should be familiar with the PDs and DSM-5 criteria. Has the patient been informed of the diagnosis and its implications for treatment?
Patient interest in medication. Is the patient interested in taking medication? Patients with borderline PD are often prescribed medication, but there are sparse data for the other PDs. The patient might have little interest in the PD diagnosis or its treatment.
Comorbidity. Has the patient been assessed for comorbid psychiatric disorders that could interfere with medication use (ie, an SUD) or might be a focus of treatment (eg, MDD)? Patients with PDs typically have significant comorbidity that a thorough evaluation will uncover.
PD symptom dimensions. Has the patient been assessed to determine cognitive or behavioral symptom dimensions of their PD? One or more symptom dimension(s) could be the focus of treatment. Table 2 lists examples of PD symptom dimensions.
Strategies to guide prescribing
Strategies to help guide prescribing include targeting any comorbid disorder(s), targeting important PD symptom dimensions (eg, impulsive aggression), choosing medication based on the similarity of the PD to another disorder known to respond to medication, and targeting the PD itself.
Continue to: Targeting comorbid disorders
Targeting comorbid disorders. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence guidelines for antisocial and borderline PD recommend that clinicians focus on treating comorbid disorders, a position echoed in Cochrane and other reviews.4,9,22-26 For example, a patient with borderline PD experiencing a major depressive episode could be treated with an antidepressant. Targeting the depressive symptoms could boost the patient’s mood, perhaps lessening the individual’s PD symptoms or reducing their severity.
Targeting important symptom dimensions. For patients with borderline PD, several guidelines and reviews have suggested that treatment should focus on emotional dysregulation and impulsive aggression (mood stabilizers, antipsychotics), or cognitive-perceptual symptoms (antipsychotics).4-6,15 There is some evidence that mood stabilizers or second-generation antipsychotics could help reduce impulsive aggression in patients with antisocial PD.27
Choosing medication based on similarity to another disorder known to respond to medication. Avoidant PD overlaps with social anxiety disorder and can be conceptualized as a chronic, pervasive social phobia. Avoidant PD might respond to a medication known to be effective for treating social anxiety disorder, such as a selective serotonin reuptake inhibitor (SSRI) or venlafaxine.28 Treating obsessive-compulsive PD with an SSRI is another example of this strategy, as 1 small study of fluvoxamine suggests.29 Obsessive-compulsive PD is common in persons with obsessive-compulsive disorder, and overlap includes preoccupation with orders, rules, and lists, and an inability to throw things out.
Targeting the PD syndrome. Another strategy is to target the PD itself. Clinical trial data suggest the antipsychotic risperidone can reduce the symptoms of schizotypal PD.30 Considering that this PD has a genetic association with schizophrenia, it is not surprising that the patient’s ideas of reference, odd communication, or transient paranoia might respond to an antipsychotic. Data from randomized controlled trials (RCTs) support the use of the second-generation antipsychotics aripiprazole and quetiapine to treat BPD.31,32 While older guidelines4,5 supported the use of the mood stabilizer lamotrigine, a recent RCT found that it was no more effective than placebo for borderline PD or its symptom dimensions.33
What to do before prescribing
Before writing a prescription, the clinician and patient should discuss the presence of a PD and the desirability of treatment. The patient should understand the limited evidence base and know that medication prescribed for a PD is off-label. The clinician should discuss medication selection and its rationale, and whether the medication is targeting a comorbid disorder, symptom dimension(s), or the PD itself. Additional considerations for prescribing for patients with PDs are listed in Table 3.34
Continue to: Avoid polypharmacy
Avoid polypharmacy. Many patients with borderline PD are prescribed multiple psychotropic medications.16,17 This approach leads to greater expense and more adverse effects, and is not evidence-based.
Avoid benzodiazepines. Many patients with borderline PD are prescribed benzodiazepines, often as part of a polypharmacy regimen. These drugs can cause disinhibition, thereby increasing acting-out behaviors and self-harm.35 Also, patients with PDs often have SUDs, which is a contraindication for benzodiazepine use.
Rate the patient’s improvement. Both the patient and clinician can benefit from monitoring symptomatic improvement. Several validated scales can be used to rate depression, anxiety, impulsivity, mood lability, anger, and aggression (Table 436-41).Some validated scales for borderline PD align with DSM-5 criteria. Two such widely used instruments are the Zanarini Rating Scale for Borderline Personality Disorder (ZAN-BPD)42 and the self-rated Borderline Evaluation of Severity Over Time (BEST).43 Each has questions that could be pulled to rate a symptom dimension of interest, such as affective instability, anger dyscontrol, or abandonment fears (Table 542,43).
A visual analog scale is easy to use and can target symptom dimensions of interest.44 For example, a clinician could use a visual analog scale to rate mood instability by asking a patient to rate their mood severity by making a mark along a 10-cm line (0 = “Most erratic emotions I have experienced,” 10 = “Most stable I have ever experienced my emotions to be”). This score can be recorded at baseline and subsequent visits.
Take-home points
PDs are common in the general population and health care settings. They are underrecognized by the general public and mental health professionals, often because of stigma. Clinicians could boost their recognition of these disorders by embedding simple screening questions in their patient assessments. Many patients with PDs will be interested in pharmacotherapy for their disorder or symptoms. Treatment strategies include targeting the comorbid disorder(s), targeting important PD symptom dimensions, choosing medication based on the similarity of the PD to another disorder known to respond to medication, and targeting the PD itself. Each strategy has its limitations and varying degrees of empirical support. Treatment response can be monitored using validated scales or a visual analog scale.
Continue to: Bottom Line
Bottom Line
Although psychotherapy is the first-line treatment and no medications are FDAapproved for treating personality disorders (PDs), there has been growing interest in using psychotropic medication to treat PDs. Strategies for pharmacotherapy include targeting comorbid disorders, PD symptom dimensions, or the PD itself. Choice of medication can be based on the similarity of the PD with another disorder known to respond to medication.
Related Resources
- Correa Da Costa S, Sanches M, Soares JC. Bipolar disorder or borderline personality disorder? Current Psychiatry. 2019;18(11):26-29,35-39.
- Bateman A, Gunderson J, Mulder R. Treatment of personality disorders. Lancet. 2015;385(9969):735-743.
Drug Brand Names
Aripiprazole • Abilify
Fluvoxamine • Luvox
Lamotrigine • Lamictal
Quetiapine • Seroquel
Risperidone • Risperdal
Venlafaxine • Effexor
1. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
2. Black DW, Andreasen N. Personality disorders. In: Black DW, Andreasen N. Introductory textbook of psychiatry, 7th edition. American Psychiatric Publishing; 2020:410-423.
3. Black DW, Blum N, Pfohl B, et al. Suicidal behavior in borderline personality disorder: prevalence, risk factors, prediction, and prevention. J Pers Disord 2004;18(3):226-239.
4. Lieb K, Völlm B, Rücker G, et al. Pharmacotherapy for borderline personality disorder: Cochrane systematic review of randomised trials. Br J Psychiatry. 2010;196(1):4-12.
5. Vita A, De Peri L, Sacchetti E. Antipsychotics, antidepressants, anticonvulsants, and placebo on the symptom dimensions of borderline personality disorder – a meta-analysis of randomized controlled and open-label trials. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2011;31(5):613-624.
6. Stoffers JM, Lieb K. Pharmacotherapy for borderline personality disorder – current evidence and recent trends. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2015;17(1):534.
7. Hancock-Johnson E, Griffiths C, Picchioni M. A focused systematic review of pharmacological treatment for borderline personality disorder. CNS Drugs. 2017;31(5):345-356.
8. Black DW, Paris J, Schulz SC. Personality disorders: evidence-based integrated biopsychosocial treatment of borderline personality disorder. In: Muse M, ed. Cognitive behavioral psychopharmacology: the clinical practice of evidence-based biopsychosocial integration. John Wiley & Sons; 2018:137-165.
9. Stoffers-Winterling J, Sorebø OJ, Lieb K. Pharmacotherapy for borderline personality disorder: an update of published, unpublished and ongoing studies. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2020;22(8):37.
10. Lewis G, Appleby L. Personality disorder: the patients psychiatrists dislike. Br J Psychiatry. 1988;153:44-49.
11. Black DW, Pfohl B, Blum N, et al. Attitudes toward borderline personality disorder: a survey of 706 mental health clinicians. CNS Spectr. 2011;16(3):67-74.
12. Langbehn DR, Pfohl BM, Reynolds S, et al. The Iowa Personality Disorder Screen: development and preliminary validation of a brief screening interview. J Pers Disord. 1999;13(1):75-89.
13. Pfohl B, Blum N, Zimmerman M. Structured Interview for DSM-IV Personality (SIDP-IV). American Psychiatric Press; 1997.
14. First MB, Spitzer RL, Gibbon M, et al. The Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-III-R Personality Disorders (SCID-II). Part II: multisite test-retest reliability study. J Pers Disord. 1995;9(2):92-104.
15. Bateman A, Gunderson J, Mulder R. Treatment of personality disorders. Lancet. 2015;385(9969):735-743.
16. Zanarini MC, Frankenburg FR, Reich DB, et al. Treatment rates for patients with borderline personality disorder and other personality disorders: a 16-year study. Psychiatr Serv. 2015;66(1):15-20.
17. Black DW, Allen J, McCormick B, et al. Treatment received by persons with BPD participating in a randomized clinical trial of the Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving programme. Person Ment Health. 2011;5(3):159-168.
18. Yang Y, Glenn AL, Raine A. Brain abnormalities in antisocial individuals: implications for the law. Behav Sci Law. 2008;26(1):65-83.
19. Ruocco AC, Amirthavasagam S, Choi-Kain LW, et al. Neural correlates of negative emotionality in BPD: an activation-likelihood-estimation meta-analysis. Biol Psychiatry. 2013;73(2):153-160.
20. Livesley WJ, Jang KL, Jackson DN, et al. Genetic and environmental contributions to dimensions of personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 1993;150(12):1826-1831.
21. Slutske WS. The genetics of antisocial behavior. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2001;3(2):158-162.
22. Ripoll LH, Triebwasser J, Siever LJ. Evidence-based pharmacotherapy for personality disorders. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol. 2011;14(9):1257-1288.
23. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). Borderline personality disorder: recognition and management. Clinical guideline [CG78]. Published January 2009. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg78
24. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). Antisocial personality disorder: prevention and management. Clinical guideline [CG77]. Published January 2009. Updated March 27, 2013. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg77
25. Khalifa N, Duggan C, Stoffers J, et al. Pharmacologic interventions for antisocial personality disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rep. 2010;(8):CD007667.
26. Stoffers JM, Völlm BA, Rücker G, et al. Psychological therapies for people with borderline personality disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012;2012(8):CD005652.
27. Black DW. The treatment of antisocial personality disorder. Current Treatment Options in Psychiatry. 2017. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40501-017-0123-z
28. Stein MB, Liebowitz MR, Lydiard RB, et al. Paroxetine treatment of generalized social phobia (social anxiety disorder): a randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 1998;280(8):708-713.
29. Ansseau M. The obsessive-compulsive personality: diagnostic aspects and treatment possibilities. In: Den Boer JA, Westenberg HGM, eds. Focus on obsessive-compulsive spectrum disorders. Syn-Thesis; 1997:61-73.
30. Koenigsberg HW, Reynolds D, Goodman M, et al. Risperidone in the treatment of schizotypal personality disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2003;64(6):628-634.
31. Black DW, Zanarini MC, Romine A, et al. Comparison of low and moderate dosages of extended-release quetiapine in borderline personality disorder: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Am J Psychiatry. 2014;171(11):1174-1182.
32. Nickel MK, Muelbacher M, Nickel C, et al. Aripiprazole in the treatment of patients with borderline personality disorder: a double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Am J Psychiatry. 2006;163(5):833-838.
33. Crawford MJ, Sanatinia R, Barrett B, et al; LABILE study team. The clinical effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of lamotrigine in borderline personality disorder: a randomized placebo-controlled trial. Am J Psychiatry. 2018;175(8):756-764.
34. Frankenburg FR, Zanarini MC. The association between borderline personality disorder and chronic medical illnesses, poor health-related lifestyle choices, and costly forms of health care utilization. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(12)1660-1665.
35. Cowdry RW, Gardner DL. Pharmacotherapy of borderline personality disorder. Alprazolam, carbamazepine, trifluoperazine, and tranylcypromine. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1988;45(2):111-119.
36. Overall JE, Gorham DR. The Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale. Psychol Rep. 1962;10:799-812.
37. Ratey JJ, Gutheil CM. The measurement of aggressive behavior: reflections on the use of the Overt Aggression Scale and the Modified Overt Aggression Scale. J Neuropsychiatr Clin Neurosci. 1991;3(2):S57-S60.
38. Spielberger CD, Sydeman SJ, Owen AE, et al. Measuring anxiety and anger with the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI) and the State-Trait Anger Expression Inventory (STAXI). In: Maruish ME, ed. The use of psychological testing for treatment planning and outcomes assessment. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers; 1999:993-1021.
39. Beck AT, Steer RA, Brown GK. Manual for the Beck Depression Inventory II. Psychological Corp; 1996.
40. Watson D, Clark LA. The PANAS-X: Manual for the Positive and Negative Affect Schedule – Expanded Form. The University of Iowa; 1999.
41. Harvey D, Greenberg BR, Serper MR, et al. The affective lability scales: development, reliability, and validity. J Clin Psychol. 1989;45(5):786-793.
42. Zanarini MC, Vujanovic AA, Parachini EA, et al. Zanarini Rating Scale for Borderline Personality Disorder (ZAN-BPD): a continuous measure of DSM-IV borderline psychopathology. J Person Disord. 2003:17(3):233-242.
43. Pfohl B, Blum N, St John D, et al. Reliability and validity of the Borderline Evaluation of Severity Over Time (BEST): a new scale to measure severity and change in borderline personality disorder. J Person Disord. 2009;23(3):281-293.
44. Ahearn EP. The use of visual analog scales in mood disorders: a critical review. J Psychiatr Res. 1997;31(5):569-579.
1. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
2. Black DW, Andreasen N. Personality disorders. In: Black DW, Andreasen N. Introductory textbook of psychiatry, 7th edition. American Psychiatric Publishing; 2020:410-423.
3. Black DW, Blum N, Pfohl B, et al. Suicidal behavior in borderline personality disorder: prevalence, risk factors, prediction, and prevention. J Pers Disord 2004;18(3):226-239.
4. Lieb K, Völlm B, Rücker G, et al. Pharmacotherapy for borderline personality disorder: Cochrane systematic review of randomised trials. Br J Psychiatry. 2010;196(1):4-12.
5. Vita A, De Peri L, Sacchetti E. Antipsychotics, antidepressants, anticonvulsants, and placebo on the symptom dimensions of borderline personality disorder – a meta-analysis of randomized controlled and open-label trials. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2011;31(5):613-624.
6. Stoffers JM, Lieb K. Pharmacotherapy for borderline personality disorder – current evidence and recent trends. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2015;17(1):534.
7. Hancock-Johnson E, Griffiths C, Picchioni M. A focused systematic review of pharmacological treatment for borderline personality disorder. CNS Drugs. 2017;31(5):345-356.
8. Black DW, Paris J, Schulz SC. Personality disorders: evidence-based integrated biopsychosocial treatment of borderline personality disorder. In: Muse M, ed. Cognitive behavioral psychopharmacology: the clinical practice of evidence-based biopsychosocial integration. John Wiley & Sons; 2018:137-165.
9. Stoffers-Winterling J, Sorebø OJ, Lieb K. Pharmacotherapy for borderline personality disorder: an update of published, unpublished and ongoing studies. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2020;22(8):37.
10. Lewis G, Appleby L. Personality disorder: the patients psychiatrists dislike. Br J Psychiatry. 1988;153:44-49.
11. Black DW, Pfohl B, Blum N, et al. Attitudes toward borderline personality disorder: a survey of 706 mental health clinicians. CNS Spectr. 2011;16(3):67-74.
12. Langbehn DR, Pfohl BM, Reynolds S, et al. The Iowa Personality Disorder Screen: development and preliminary validation of a brief screening interview. J Pers Disord. 1999;13(1):75-89.
13. Pfohl B, Blum N, Zimmerman M. Structured Interview for DSM-IV Personality (SIDP-IV). American Psychiatric Press; 1997.
14. First MB, Spitzer RL, Gibbon M, et al. The Structured Clinical Interview for DSM-III-R Personality Disorders (SCID-II). Part II: multisite test-retest reliability study. J Pers Disord. 1995;9(2):92-104.
15. Bateman A, Gunderson J, Mulder R. Treatment of personality disorders. Lancet. 2015;385(9969):735-743.
16. Zanarini MC, Frankenburg FR, Reich DB, et al. Treatment rates for patients with borderline personality disorder and other personality disorders: a 16-year study. Psychiatr Serv. 2015;66(1):15-20.
17. Black DW, Allen J, McCormick B, et al. Treatment received by persons with BPD participating in a randomized clinical trial of the Systems Training for Emotional Predictability and Problem Solving programme. Person Ment Health. 2011;5(3):159-168.
18. Yang Y, Glenn AL, Raine A. Brain abnormalities in antisocial individuals: implications for the law. Behav Sci Law. 2008;26(1):65-83.
19. Ruocco AC, Amirthavasagam S, Choi-Kain LW, et al. Neural correlates of negative emotionality in BPD: an activation-likelihood-estimation meta-analysis. Biol Psychiatry. 2013;73(2):153-160.
20. Livesley WJ, Jang KL, Jackson DN, et al. Genetic and environmental contributions to dimensions of personality disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 1993;150(12):1826-1831.
21. Slutske WS. The genetics of antisocial behavior. Curr Psychiatry Rep. 2001;3(2):158-162.
22. Ripoll LH, Triebwasser J, Siever LJ. Evidence-based pharmacotherapy for personality disorders. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol. 2011;14(9):1257-1288.
23. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). Borderline personality disorder: recognition and management. Clinical guideline [CG78]. Published January 2009. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg78
24. National Institute for Health and Care Excellence (NICE). Antisocial personality disorder: prevention and management. Clinical guideline [CG77]. Published January 2009. Updated March 27, 2013. https://www.nice.org.uk/guidance/cg77
25. Khalifa N, Duggan C, Stoffers J, et al. Pharmacologic interventions for antisocial personality disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rep. 2010;(8):CD007667.
26. Stoffers JM, Völlm BA, Rücker G, et al. Psychological therapies for people with borderline personality disorder. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2012;2012(8):CD005652.
27. Black DW. The treatment of antisocial personality disorder. Current Treatment Options in Psychiatry. 2017. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40501-017-0123-z
28. Stein MB, Liebowitz MR, Lydiard RB, et al. Paroxetine treatment of generalized social phobia (social anxiety disorder): a randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 1998;280(8):708-713.
29. Ansseau M. The obsessive-compulsive personality: diagnostic aspects and treatment possibilities. In: Den Boer JA, Westenberg HGM, eds. Focus on obsessive-compulsive spectrum disorders. Syn-Thesis; 1997:61-73.
30. Koenigsberg HW, Reynolds D, Goodman M, et al. Risperidone in the treatment of schizotypal personality disorder. J Clin Psychiatry. 2003;64(6):628-634.
31. Black DW, Zanarini MC, Romine A, et al. Comparison of low and moderate dosages of extended-release quetiapine in borderline personality disorder: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Am J Psychiatry. 2014;171(11):1174-1182.
32. Nickel MK, Muelbacher M, Nickel C, et al. Aripiprazole in the treatment of patients with borderline personality disorder: a double-blind, placebo-controlled study. Am J Psychiatry. 2006;163(5):833-838.
33. Crawford MJ, Sanatinia R, Barrett B, et al; LABILE study team. The clinical effectiveness and cost-effectiveness of lamotrigine in borderline personality disorder: a randomized placebo-controlled trial. Am J Psychiatry. 2018;175(8):756-764.
34. Frankenburg FR, Zanarini MC. The association between borderline personality disorder and chronic medical illnesses, poor health-related lifestyle choices, and costly forms of health care utilization. J Clin Psychiatry. 2004;65(12)1660-1665.
35. Cowdry RW, Gardner DL. Pharmacotherapy of borderline personality disorder. Alprazolam, carbamazepine, trifluoperazine, and tranylcypromine. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1988;45(2):111-119.
36. Overall JE, Gorham DR. The Brief Psychiatric Rating Scale. Psychol Rep. 1962;10:799-812.
37. Ratey JJ, Gutheil CM. The measurement of aggressive behavior: reflections on the use of the Overt Aggression Scale and the Modified Overt Aggression Scale. J Neuropsychiatr Clin Neurosci. 1991;3(2):S57-S60.
38. Spielberger CD, Sydeman SJ, Owen AE, et al. Measuring anxiety and anger with the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI) and the State-Trait Anger Expression Inventory (STAXI). In: Maruish ME, ed. The use of psychological testing for treatment planning and outcomes assessment. Lawrence Erlbaum Associates Publishers; 1999:993-1021.
39. Beck AT, Steer RA, Brown GK. Manual for the Beck Depression Inventory II. Psychological Corp; 1996.
40. Watson D, Clark LA. The PANAS-X: Manual for the Positive and Negative Affect Schedule – Expanded Form. The University of Iowa; 1999.
41. Harvey D, Greenberg BR, Serper MR, et al. The affective lability scales: development, reliability, and validity. J Clin Psychol. 1989;45(5):786-793.
42. Zanarini MC, Vujanovic AA, Parachini EA, et al. Zanarini Rating Scale for Borderline Personality Disorder (ZAN-BPD): a continuous measure of DSM-IV borderline psychopathology. J Person Disord. 2003:17(3):233-242.
43. Pfohl B, Blum N, St John D, et al. Reliability and validity of the Borderline Evaluation of Severity Over Time (BEST): a new scale to measure severity and change in borderline personality disorder. J Person Disord. 2009;23(3):281-293.
44. Ahearn EP. The use of visual analog scales in mood disorders: a critical review. J Psychiatr Res. 1997;31(5):569-579.
Antidepressants, TMS, and the risk of affective switch in bipolar depression
Because treatment resistance is a pervasive problem in bipolar depression, the use of neuromodulation treatments such as transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) is increasing for patients with this disorder.1-7 Patients with bipolar disorder tend to spend the majority of the time with depressive symptoms, which underscores the importance of providing effective treatment for bipolar depression, especially given the chronicity of this disease.2,3,5 Only a few medications are FDA-approved for treating bipolar depression (Table).
In this article, we describe the case of a patient with treatment-resistant bipolar depression undergoing adjunctive TMS treatment who experienced an affective switch from depression to mania. We also discuss evidence regarding the likelihood of treatment-emergent mania for antidepressants vs TMS in bipolar depression.
CASE
Ms. W, a 60-year-old White female with a history of bipolar I disorder and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), presented for TMS evaluation during a depressive episode. Throughout her life, she had experienced numerous manic episodes, but as she got older she noted an increasing frequency of depressive episodes. Over the course of her illness, she had completed adequate trials at therapeutic doses of many medications, including second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs) (aripiprazole, lurasidone, olanzapine, quetiapine), mood stabilizers (lamotrigine, lithium), and antidepressants (bupropion, venlafaxine, fluoxetine, mirtazapine, trazodone). A course of electroconvulsive therapy was not effective. Ms. W had a long-standing diagnosis of ADHD and had been treated with stimulants for >10 years, although it was unclear whether formal neuropsychological testing had been conducted to confirm this diagnosis. She had >10 suicide attempts and multiple psychiatric hospitalizations.
At her initial evaluation for TMS, Ms. W said she had depressive symptoms predominating for the past 2 years, including low mood, hopelessness, poor sleep, poor appetite, anhedonia, and suicidal ideation without a plan. At the time, she was taking clonazepam, 0.5 mg twice a day; lurasidone, 40 mg/d at bedtime; fluoxetine, 60 mg/d; trazodone, 50 mg/d at bedtime; and methylphenidate, 40 mg/d, and was participating in psychotherapy consistently.
After Ms. W and her clinicians discussed alternatives, risks, benefits, and adverse effects, she consented to adjunctive TMS treatment and provided written informed consent. The treatment plan was outlined as 6 weeks of daily TMS therapy (NeuroStar; Neuronetics, Malvern, PA), 1 treatment per day, 5 days a week. Her clinical status was assessed weekly using the Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (QIDS) for depression, Generalized Anxiety Disorder 7-item scale (GAD-7) for anxiety, and Young Mania Rating Scale (YMRS) for mania. The Figure shows the trends in Ms. W’s QIDS, GAD-7, and YMRS scores over the course of TMS treatment.
Prior to initiating TMS, her baseline scores were QIDS: 25, GAD-7: 9, and YMRS: 7, indicating very severe depression, mild anxiety, and the absence of mania. Ms. W’s psychotropic regimen remained unchanged throughout the course of her TMS treatment. After her motor threshold was determined, her TMS treatment began at 80% of motor threshold and was titrated up to 95% at the first treatment. By the second treatment, it was titrated up to 110%. By the third treatment, it was titrated up to 120% of motor threshold, which is the percentage used for the remaining treatments.
Initially, Ms. W reported some improvement in her depression, but this improvement was short-lived, and she continued to have elevated QIDS scores throughout treatment. By treatment #21, her QIDS and GAD-7 scores remained elevated, and her YMRS score had increased to 12. Due to this increase in YMRS score, the YMRS was repeated on the next 2 treatment days (#22 and #23), and her score was 6 on both days. When Ms. W presented for treatment #25, she was disorganized, irritable, and endorsed racing thoughts and decreased sleep. She was involuntarily hospitalized for mania, and TMS was discontinued. Unfortunately, she did not complete any clinical scales on that day. Upon admission to the hospital, Ms. W reported that at approximately the time of treatment #21, she had a fluctuation in her mood that consisted of increased goal-directed activity, decreased need for sleep, racing thoughts, and increased frivolous spending. She was treated with lithium, 300 mg twice a day. Lurasidone was increased to 80 mg/d at bedtime, and she continued clonazepam, trazodone, and methylphenidate at the previous doses. Over 14 days, Ms. W’s mania gradually resolved, and she was discharged home.
Continue to: Mixed evidence on the risk of switching
Mixed evidence on the risk of switching
Currently, several TMS devices are FDA-cleared for treating unipolar major depressive disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, and certain types of migraine. In March 2020, the FDA granted Breakthrough Device Designation for one TMS device, the NeuroStar Advanced Therapy System, for the treatment of bipolar depression.8 This designation created an expedited pathway for prioritized FDA review of the NeuroStar Advanced Therapy clinical trial program.
Few published clinical studies have evaluated using TMS to treat patients with bipolar depression.9-15 As with any antidepressant treatment for bipolar depression, there is a risk of affective switch from depression to mania when using TMS. Most of the literature available regarding the treatment of bipolar depression focuses on the risk of antidepressant medications to induce an affective switch. This risk depends on the class of the antidepressant,16 and there is a paucity of studies examining the risk of switch with TMS.
Interpretation of available literature is limited due to inconsistencies in the definition of an affective switch, the variable length of treatment with antidepressants, the use of concurrent medications such as mood stabilizers, and confounders such as the natural course of switching in bipolar disorder.17 Overall, the evidence for treatment-emergent mania related to antidepressant use is mixed, and the reported rate of treatment-emergent mania varies. In a systematic review and meta-analysis of >20 randomized controlled trials that included 1,316 patients with bipolar disorder who received antidepressants, Fornaro et al18 found that the incidence of treatment-emergent mania was 11.8%. It is generally recommended that if antidepressants are used to treat patients with bipolar disorder, they should be given with a traditional mood stabilizer to prevent affective switches, although whether mood stabilizers can prevent such switches is unproven.19
In a literature review by Xia et al,20 the affective switch rate in patients with bipolar depression who were treated with TMS was 3.1%, which was not statistically different from the affective switch rate with sham treatment.However, most of the patients included in this analysis were receiving other medications concurrently, and the length of treatment was 2 weeks, which is shorter than the average length of TMS treatment in clinical practice. In a recent literature review by Rachid,21 TMS was found to possibly induce manic episodes when used as monotherapy or in combination with antidepressants in patients with bipolar depression. To reduce the risk of treatment-emergent mania, current recommendations advise the use of a mood stabilizer for a minimum of 2 weeks before initiating TMS.1
In our case, Ms. W was receiving antidepressants (fluoxetine and trazodone), lurasidone (an SGA that is FDA-approved for bipolar depression), and methylphenidate before starting TMS treatment. Fluoxetine, trazodone, and methylphenidate may possibly contribute to an increased risk of an affective switch.1,22 Further studies are needed to clarify whether mood stabilizers or SGAs can prevent the development of mania in patients with bipolar depression who undergo TMS treatment.20
Continue to: Because bipolar depression poses...
Because bipolar depression poses a major clinical challenge,23,24 it is imperative to consider alternate treatments. When evaluating alternative treatment strategies, one may consider TMS in conjunction with a traditional mood stabilizer because this regimen may have a lower risk of treatment-emergent mania compared with antidepressants.1,25
Acknowledgment
The authors thank Dr. Sy Saeed for his expertise and guidance on this article.
Bottom Line
For patients with bipolar depression, treatment with transcranial magnetic stimulation in conjunction with a mood stabilizer may have lower rates of treatment-emergent mania than treatment with antidepressants.
Related Resources
- Transcranial magnetic stimulation: clinical applications for psychiatric practice. Bermudes RA, Lanocha K, Janicak PG, eds. American Psychiatric Association Publishing; 2017.
- Gold AK, Ornelas AC, Cirillo P, et al. Clinical applications of transcranial magnetic stimulation in bipolar disorder. Brain Behav. 2019;9(10):e01419. doi: 10.1002/brb3.1419
Drug Brand Names
Aripiprazole • Abilify
Bupropion • Wellbutrin
Cariprazine • Vraylar
Clonazepam • Klonopin
Fluoxetine • Prozac
Lamotrigine • Lamictal
Lithium • Eskalith, Lithobid
Lurasidone • Latuda
Methylphenidate • Ritalin, Concerta
Mirtazapine • Remeron
Olanzapine • Zyprexa
Olanzapine-fluoxetine • Symbyax
Quetiapine • Seroquel
Trazodone • Desyrel
Venlafaxine • Effexor
1. Aaronson ST, Croarkin PE. Transcranial magnetic stimulation for the treatment of other mood disorders. In: Bermudes RA, Lanocha K, Janicak PG, eds. Transcranial magnetic stimulation: clinical applications for psychiatric practice. American Psychiatric Association Publishing; 2017:127-156.
2. Geddes JR, Miklowitz DJ. Treatment of bipolar disorder. Lancet. 2013;381(9878):1672-1682.
3. Gitlin M. Treatment-resistant bipolar disorder. Molecular Psychiatry. 2006;11(3):227-240.
4. Harrison PJ, Geddes JR, Tunbridge EM. The emerging neurobiology of bipolar disorder. Trends Neurosci. 2018;41(1):18-30.
5. Merikangas KR, Jin R, He JP, et al. Prevalence and correlates of bipolar spectrum disorder in the World Mental Health Survey Initiative. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2011;68(3):241-251.
6. Myczkowski ML, Fernandes A, Moreno M, et al. Cognitive outcomes of TMS treatment in bipolar depression: safety data from a randomized controlled trial. J Affect Disord. 2018;235: 20-26.
7. Tavares DF, Myczkowski ML, Alberto RL, et al. Treatment of bipolar depression with deep TMS: results from a double-blind, randomized, parallel group, sham-controlled clinical trial. Neuropsychopharmacology. 2017;42(13):2593-2601.
8. Neuronetics. FDA grants NeuroStar® Advanced Therapy System Breakthrough Device Designation to treat bipolar depression. Accessed February 2, 2021. https://www.globenewswire.com/news-release/2020/03/06/1996447/0/en/FDA-Grants-NeuroStar-Advanced-Therapy-System-Breakthrough-Device-Designation-to-Treat-Bipolar-Depression.html
9. Cohen RB, Brunoni AR, Boggio PS, et al. Clinical predictors associated with duration of repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation treatment for remission in bipolar depression: a naturalistic study. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2010;198(9):679-681.
10. Connolly KR, Helmer A, Cristancho MA, et al. Effectiveness of transcranial magnetic stimulation in clinical practice post-FDA approval in the United States: results observed with the first 100 consecutive cases of depression at an academic medical center. J Clin Psychiatry. 2012;73(4):e567-e573.
11. Dell’osso B, D’Urso N, Castellano F, et al. Long-term efficacy after acute augmentative repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation in bipolar depression: a 1-year follow-up study. J ECT. 2011;27(2):141-144.
12. Dell’Osso B, Mundo E, D’Urso N, et al. Augmentative repetitive navigated transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS) in drug-resistant bipolar depression. Bipolar Disord. 2009;11(1):76-81.
13. Harel EV, Zangen A, Roth Y, et al. H-coil repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation for the treatment of bipolar depression: an add-on, safety and feasibility study. World J Biol Psychiatry. 2011;12(2):119-126.
14. Nahas Z, Kozel FA, Li X, et al. Left prefrontal transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) treatment of depression in bipolar affective disorder: a pilot study of acute safety and efficacy. Bipolar Disord. 2003;5(1):40-47.
15. Tamas RL, Menkes D, El-Mallakh RS. Stimulating research: a prospective, randomized, double-blind, sham-controlled study of slow transcranial magnetic stimulation in depressed bipolar patients. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2007;19(2):198-199.
16. Tundo A, Cavalieri P, Navari S, et al. Treating bipolar depression - antidepressants and alternatives: a critical review of the literature. Acta Neuropsychiatrica. 2011:23(3):94-105.
17. Gijsman HJ, Geddes JR, Rendell JM, et al. Antidepressants for bipolar depression: a systematic review of randomized, controlled trials. Am J Psychiatry. 2004;161(9):1537-1547.
18. Fornaro M, Anastasia A, Novello S, et al. Incidence, prevalence and clinical correlates of antidepressant‐emergent mania in bipolar depression: a systematic review and meta‐analysis. Bipolar Disord. 2018;20(3):195-227.
19. Pacchiarotti I, Bond DJ, Baldessarini RJ, et al. The International Society for Bipolar Disorders (ISBD) task force report on antidepressant use in bipolar disorders. Am J Psychiatry. 2013;170(11):1249-1262.
20. Xia G, Gajwani P, Muzina DJ, et al. Treatment-emergent mania in unipolar and bipolar depression: focus on repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol. 2008;11(1):119-130.
21. Rachid F. Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation and treatment-emergent mania and hypomania: a review of the literature. J Psychiatr Pract. 2017;23(2):150-159.
22. Victorin A, Rydén E, Thase M, et al. The risk of treatment-emergent mania with methylphenidate in bipolar disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2017;174(4):341-348.
23. Hidalgo-Mazzei D, Berk M, Cipriani A, et al. Treatment-resistant and multi-therapy-resistant criteria for bipolar depression: consensus definition. Br J Psychiatry. 2019;214(1):27-35.
24. Baldessarini RJ, Vázquez GH, Tondo L. Bipolar depression: a major unsolved challenge. Int J Bipolar Disord. 2020;8(1):1.
25. Phillips AL, Burr RL, Dunner DL. Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation in the treatment of bipolar depression: Experience from a clinical setting. J Psychiatr Pract. 2020;26(1):37-45.
Because treatment resistance is a pervasive problem in bipolar depression, the use of neuromodulation treatments such as transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) is increasing for patients with this disorder.1-7 Patients with bipolar disorder tend to spend the majority of the time with depressive symptoms, which underscores the importance of providing effective treatment for bipolar depression, especially given the chronicity of this disease.2,3,5 Only a few medications are FDA-approved for treating bipolar depression (Table).
In this article, we describe the case of a patient with treatment-resistant bipolar depression undergoing adjunctive TMS treatment who experienced an affective switch from depression to mania. We also discuss evidence regarding the likelihood of treatment-emergent mania for antidepressants vs TMS in bipolar depression.
CASE
Ms. W, a 60-year-old White female with a history of bipolar I disorder and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), presented for TMS evaluation during a depressive episode. Throughout her life, she had experienced numerous manic episodes, but as she got older she noted an increasing frequency of depressive episodes. Over the course of her illness, she had completed adequate trials at therapeutic doses of many medications, including second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs) (aripiprazole, lurasidone, olanzapine, quetiapine), mood stabilizers (lamotrigine, lithium), and antidepressants (bupropion, venlafaxine, fluoxetine, mirtazapine, trazodone). A course of electroconvulsive therapy was not effective. Ms. W had a long-standing diagnosis of ADHD and had been treated with stimulants for >10 years, although it was unclear whether formal neuropsychological testing had been conducted to confirm this diagnosis. She had >10 suicide attempts and multiple psychiatric hospitalizations.
At her initial evaluation for TMS, Ms. W said she had depressive symptoms predominating for the past 2 years, including low mood, hopelessness, poor sleep, poor appetite, anhedonia, and suicidal ideation without a plan. At the time, she was taking clonazepam, 0.5 mg twice a day; lurasidone, 40 mg/d at bedtime; fluoxetine, 60 mg/d; trazodone, 50 mg/d at bedtime; and methylphenidate, 40 mg/d, and was participating in psychotherapy consistently.
After Ms. W and her clinicians discussed alternatives, risks, benefits, and adverse effects, she consented to adjunctive TMS treatment and provided written informed consent. The treatment plan was outlined as 6 weeks of daily TMS therapy (NeuroStar; Neuronetics, Malvern, PA), 1 treatment per day, 5 days a week. Her clinical status was assessed weekly using the Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (QIDS) for depression, Generalized Anxiety Disorder 7-item scale (GAD-7) for anxiety, and Young Mania Rating Scale (YMRS) for mania. The Figure shows the trends in Ms. W’s QIDS, GAD-7, and YMRS scores over the course of TMS treatment.
Prior to initiating TMS, her baseline scores were QIDS: 25, GAD-7: 9, and YMRS: 7, indicating very severe depression, mild anxiety, and the absence of mania. Ms. W’s psychotropic regimen remained unchanged throughout the course of her TMS treatment. After her motor threshold was determined, her TMS treatment began at 80% of motor threshold and was titrated up to 95% at the first treatment. By the second treatment, it was titrated up to 110%. By the third treatment, it was titrated up to 120% of motor threshold, which is the percentage used for the remaining treatments.
Initially, Ms. W reported some improvement in her depression, but this improvement was short-lived, and she continued to have elevated QIDS scores throughout treatment. By treatment #21, her QIDS and GAD-7 scores remained elevated, and her YMRS score had increased to 12. Due to this increase in YMRS score, the YMRS was repeated on the next 2 treatment days (#22 and #23), and her score was 6 on both days. When Ms. W presented for treatment #25, she was disorganized, irritable, and endorsed racing thoughts and decreased sleep. She was involuntarily hospitalized for mania, and TMS was discontinued. Unfortunately, she did not complete any clinical scales on that day. Upon admission to the hospital, Ms. W reported that at approximately the time of treatment #21, she had a fluctuation in her mood that consisted of increased goal-directed activity, decreased need for sleep, racing thoughts, and increased frivolous spending. She was treated with lithium, 300 mg twice a day. Lurasidone was increased to 80 mg/d at bedtime, and she continued clonazepam, trazodone, and methylphenidate at the previous doses. Over 14 days, Ms. W’s mania gradually resolved, and she was discharged home.
Continue to: Mixed evidence on the risk of switching
Mixed evidence on the risk of switching
Currently, several TMS devices are FDA-cleared for treating unipolar major depressive disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, and certain types of migraine. In March 2020, the FDA granted Breakthrough Device Designation for one TMS device, the NeuroStar Advanced Therapy System, for the treatment of bipolar depression.8 This designation created an expedited pathway for prioritized FDA review of the NeuroStar Advanced Therapy clinical trial program.
Few published clinical studies have evaluated using TMS to treat patients with bipolar depression.9-15 As with any antidepressant treatment for bipolar depression, there is a risk of affective switch from depression to mania when using TMS. Most of the literature available regarding the treatment of bipolar depression focuses on the risk of antidepressant medications to induce an affective switch. This risk depends on the class of the antidepressant,16 and there is a paucity of studies examining the risk of switch with TMS.
Interpretation of available literature is limited due to inconsistencies in the definition of an affective switch, the variable length of treatment with antidepressants, the use of concurrent medications such as mood stabilizers, and confounders such as the natural course of switching in bipolar disorder.17 Overall, the evidence for treatment-emergent mania related to antidepressant use is mixed, and the reported rate of treatment-emergent mania varies. In a systematic review and meta-analysis of >20 randomized controlled trials that included 1,316 patients with bipolar disorder who received antidepressants, Fornaro et al18 found that the incidence of treatment-emergent mania was 11.8%. It is generally recommended that if antidepressants are used to treat patients with bipolar disorder, they should be given with a traditional mood stabilizer to prevent affective switches, although whether mood stabilizers can prevent such switches is unproven.19
In a literature review by Xia et al,20 the affective switch rate in patients with bipolar depression who were treated with TMS was 3.1%, which was not statistically different from the affective switch rate with sham treatment.However, most of the patients included in this analysis were receiving other medications concurrently, and the length of treatment was 2 weeks, which is shorter than the average length of TMS treatment in clinical practice. In a recent literature review by Rachid,21 TMS was found to possibly induce manic episodes when used as monotherapy or in combination with antidepressants in patients with bipolar depression. To reduce the risk of treatment-emergent mania, current recommendations advise the use of a mood stabilizer for a minimum of 2 weeks before initiating TMS.1
In our case, Ms. W was receiving antidepressants (fluoxetine and trazodone), lurasidone (an SGA that is FDA-approved for bipolar depression), and methylphenidate before starting TMS treatment. Fluoxetine, trazodone, and methylphenidate may possibly contribute to an increased risk of an affective switch.1,22 Further studies are needed to clarify whether mood stabilizers or SGAs can prevent the development of mania in patients with bipolar depression who undergo TMS treatment.20
Continue to: Because bipolar depression poses...
Because bipolar depression poses a major clinical challenge,23,24 it is imperative to consider alternate treatments. When evaluating alternative treatment strategies, one may consider TMS in conjunction with a traditional mood stabilizer because this regimen may have a lower risk of treatment-emergent mania compared with antidepressants.1,25
Acknowledgment
The authors thank Dr. Sy Saeed for his expertise and guidance on this article.
Bottom Line
For patients with bipolar depression, treatment with transcranial magnetic stimulation in conjunction with a mood stabilizer may have lower rates of treatment-emergent mania than treatment with antidepressants.
Related Resources
- Transcranial magnetic stimulation: clinical applications for psychiatric practice. Bermudes RA, Lanocha K, Janicak PG, eds. American Psychiatric Association Publishing; 2017.
- Gold AK, Ornelas AC, Cirillo P, et al. Clinical applications of transcranial magnetic stimulation in bipolar disorder. Brain Behav. 2019;9(10):e01419. doi: 10.1002/brb3.1419
Drug Brand Names
Aripiprazole • Abilify
Bupropion • Wellbutrin
Cariprazine • Vraylar
Clonazepam • Klonopin
Fluoxetine • Prozac
Lamotrigine • Lamictal
Lithium • Eskalith, Lithobid
Lurasidone • Latuda
Methylphenidate • Ritalin, Concerta
Mirtazapine • Remeron
Olanzapine • Zyprexa
Olanzapine-fluoxetine • Symbyax
Quetiapine • Seroquel
Trazodone • Desyrel
Venlafaxine • Effexor
Because treatment resistance is a pervasive problem in bipolar depression, the use of neuromodulation treatments such as transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) is increasing for patients with this disorder.1-7 Patients with bipolar disorder tend to spend the majority of the time with depressive symptoms, which underscores the importance of providing effective treatment for bipolar depression, especially given the chronicity of this disease.2,3,5 Only a few medications are FDA-approved for treating bipolar depression (Table).
In this article, we describe the case of a patient with treatment-resistant bipolar depression undergoing adjunctive TMS treatment who experienced an affective switch from depression to mania. We also discuss evidence regarding the likelihood of treatment-emergent mania for antidepressants vs TMS in bipolar depression.
CASE
Ms. W, a 60-year-old White female with a history of bipolar I disorder and attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), presented for TMS evaluation during a depressive episode. Throughout her life, she had experienced numerous manic episodes, but as she got older she noted an increasing frequency of depressive episodes. Over the course of her illness, she had completed adequate trials at therapeutic doses of many medications, including second-generation antipsychotics (SGAs) (aripiprazole, lurasidone, olanzapine, quetiapine), mood stabilizers (lamotrigine, lithium), and antidepressants (bupropion, venlafaxine, fluoxetine, mirtazapine, trazodone). A course of electroconvulsive therapy was not effective. Ms. W had a long-standing diagnosis of ADHD and had been treated with stimulants for >10 years, although it was unclear whether formal neuropsychological testing had been conducted to confirm this diagnosis. She had >10 suicide attempts and multiple psychiatric hospitalizations.
At her initial evaluation for TMS, Ms. W said she had depressive symptoms predominating for the past 2 years, including low mood, hopelessness, poor sleep, poor appetite, anhedonia, and suicidal ideation without a plan. At the time, she was taking clonazepam, 0.5 mg twice a day; lurasidone, 40 mg/d at bedtime; fluoxetine, 60 mg/d; trazodone, 50 mg/d at bedtime; and methylphenidate, 40 mg/d, and was participating in psychotherapy consistently.
After Ms. W and her clinicians discussed alternatives, risks, benefits, and adverse effects, she consented to adjunctive TMS treatment and provided written informed consent. The treatment plan was outlined as 6 weeks of daily TMS therapy (NeuroStar; Neuronetics, Malvern, PA), 1 treatment per day, 5 days a week. Her clinical status was assessed weekly using the Quick Inventory of Depressive Symptomatology (QIDS) for depression, Generalized Anxiety Disorder 7-item scale (GAD-7) for anxiety, and Young Mania Rating Scale (YMRS) for mania. The Figure shows the trends in Ms. W’s QIDS, GAD-7, and YMRS scores over the course of TMS treatment.
Prior to initiating TMS, her baseline scores were QIDS: 25, GAD-7: 9, and YMRS: 7, indicating very severe depression, mild anxiety, and the absence of mania. Ms. W’s psychotropic regimen remained unchanged throughout the course of her TMS treatment. After her motor threshold was determined, her TMS treatment began at 80% of motor threshold and was titrated up to 95% at the first treatment. By the second treatment, it was titrated up to 110%. By the third treatment, it was titrated up to 120% of motor threshold, which is the percentage used for the remaining treatments.
Initially, Ms. W reported some improvement in her depression, but this improvement was short-lived, and she continued to have elevated QIDS scores throughout treatment. By treatment #21, her QIDS and GAD-7 scores remained elevated, and her YMRS score had increased to 12. Due to this increase in YMRS score, the YMRS was repeated on the next 2 treatment days (#22 and #23), and her score was 6 on both days. When Ms. W presented for treatment #25, she was disorganized, irritable, and endorsed racing thoughts and decreased sleep. She was involuntarily hospitalized for mania, and TMS was discontinued. Unfortunately, she did not complete any clinical scales on that day. Upon admission to the hospital, Ms. W reported that at approximately the time of treatment #21, she had a fluctuation in her mood that consisted of increased goal-directed activity, decreased need for sleep, racing thoughts, and increased frivolous spending. She was treated with lithium, 300 mg twice a day. Lurasidone was increased to 80 mg/d at bedtime, and she continued clonazepam, trazodone, and methylphenidate at the previous doses. Over 14 days, Ms. W’s mania gradually resolved, and she was discharged home.
Continue to: Mixed evidence on the risk of switching
Mixed evidence on the risk of switching
Currently, several TMS devices are FDA-cleared for treating unipolar major depressive disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, and certain types of migraine. In March 2020, the FDA granted Breakthrough Device Designation for one TMS device, the NeuroStar Advanced Therapy System, for the treatment of bipolar depression.8 This designation created an expedited pathway for prioritized FDA review of the NeuroStar Advanced Therapy clinical trial program.
Few published clinical studies have evaluated using TMS to treat patients with bipolar depression.9-15 As with any antidepressant treatment for bipolar depression, there is a risk of affective switch from depression to mania when using TMS. Most of the literature available regarding the treatment of bipolar depression focuses on the risk of antidepressant medications to induce an affective switch. This risk depends on the class of the antidepressant,16 and there is a paucity of studies examining the risk of switch with TMS.
Interpretation of available literature is limited due to inconsistencies in the definition of an affective switch, the variable length of treatment with antidepressants, the use of concurrent medications such as mood stabilizers, and confounders such as the natural course of switching in bipolar disorder.17 Overall, the evidence for treatment-emergent mania related to antidepressant use is mixed, and the reported rate of treatment-emergent mania varies. In a systematic review and meta-analysis of >20 randomized controlled trials that included 1,316 patients with bipolar disorder who received antidepressants, Fornaro et al18 found that the incidence of treatment-emergent mania was 11.8%. It is generally recommended that if antidepressants are used to treat patients with bipolar disorder, they should be given with a traditional mood stabilizer to prevent affective switches, although whether mood stabilizers can prevent such switches is unproven.19
In a literature review by Xia et al,20 the affective switch rate in patients with bipolar depression who were treated with TMS was 3.1%, which was not statistically different from the affective switch rate with sham treatment.However, most of the patients included in this analysis were receiving other medications concurrently, and the length of treatment was 2 weeks, which is shorter than the average length of TMS treatment in clinical practice. In a recent literature review by Rachid,21 TMS was found to possibly induce manic episodes when used as monotherapy or in combination with antidepressants in patients with bipolar depression. To reduce the risk of treatment-emergent mania, current recommendations advise the use of a mood stabilizer for a minimum of 2 weeks before initiating TMS.1
In our case, Ms. W was receiving antidepressants (fluoxetine and trazodone), lurasidone (an SGA that is FDA-approved for bipolar depression), and methylphenidate before starting TMS treatment. Fluoxetine, trazodone, and methylphenidate may possibly contribute to an increased risk of an affective switch.1,22 Further studies are needed to clarify whether mood stabilizers or SGAs can prevent the development of mania in patients with bipolar depression who undergo TMS treatment.20
Continue to: Because bipolar depression poses...
Because bipolar depression poses a major clinical challenge,23,24 it is imperative to consider alternate treatments. When evaluating alternative treatment strategies, one may consider TMS in conjunction with a traditional mood stabilizer because this regimen may have a lower risk of treatment-emergent mania compared with antidepressants.1,25
Acknowledgment
The authors thank Dr. Sy Saeed for his expertise and guidance on this article.
Bottom Line
For patients with bipolar depression, treatment with transcranial magnetic stimulation in conjunction with a mood stabilizer may have lower rates of treatment-emergent mania than treatment with antidepressants.
Related Resources
- Transcranial magnetic stimulation: clinical applications for psychiatric practice. Bermudes RA, Lanocha K, Janicak PG, eds. American Psychiatric Association Publishing; 2017.
- Gold AK, Ornelas AC, Cirillo P, et al. Clinical applications of transcranial magnetic stimulation in bipolar disorder. Brain Behav. 2019;9(10):e01419. doi: 10.1002/brb3.1419
Drug Brand Names
Aripiprazole • Abilify
Bupropion • Wellbutrin
Cariprazine • Vraylar
Clonazepam • Klonopin
Fluoxetine • Prozac
Lamotrigine • Lamictal
Lithium • Eskalith, Lithobid
Lurasidone • Latuda
Methylphenidate • Ritalin, Concerta
Mirtazapine • Remeron
Olanzapine • Zyprexa
Olanzapine-fluoxetine • Symbyax
Quetiapine • Seroquel
Trazodone • Desyrel
Venlafaxine • Effexor
1. Aaronson ST, Croarkin PE. Transcranial magnetic stimulation for the treatment of other mood disorders. In: Bermudes RA, Lanocha K, Janicak PG, eds. Transcranial magnetic stimulation: clinical applications for psychiatric practice. American Psychiatric Association Publishing; 2017:127-156.
2. Geddes JR, Miklowitz DJ. Treatment of bipolar disorder. Lancet. 2013;381(9878):1672-1682.
3. Gitlin M. Treatment-resistant bipolar disorder. Molecular Psychiatry. 2006;11(3):227-240.
4. Harrison PJ, Geddes JR, Tunbridge EM. The emerging neurobiology of bipolar disorder. Trends Neurosci. 2018;41(1):18-30.
5. Merikangas KR, Jin R, He JP, et al. Prevalence and correlates of bipolar spectrum disorder in the World Mental Health Survey Initiative. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2011;68(3):241-251.
6. Myczkowski ML, Fernandes A, Moreno M, et al. Cognitive outcomes of TMS treatment in bipolar depression: safety data from a randomized controlled trial. J Affect Disord. 2018;235: 20-26.
7. Tavares DF, Myczkowski ML, Alberto RL, et al. Treatment of bipolar depression with deep TMS: results from a double-blind, randomized, parallel group, sham-controlled clinical trial. Neuropsychopharmacology. 2017;42(13):2593-2601.
8. Neuronetics. FDA grants NeuroStar® Advanced Therapy System Breakthrough Device Designation to treat bipolar depression. Accessed February 2, 2021. https://www.globenewswire.com/news-release/2020/03/06/1996447/0/en/FDA-Grants-NeuroStar-Advanced-Therapy-System-Breakthrough-Device-Designation-to-Treat-Bipolar-Depression.html
9. Cohen RB, Brunoni AR, Boggio PS, et al. Clinical predictors associated with duration of repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation treatment for remission in bipolar depression: a naturalistic study. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2010;198(9):679-681.
10. Connolly KR, Helmer A, Cristancho MA, et al. Effectiveness of transcranial magnetic stimulation in clinical practice post-FDA approval in the United States: results observed with the first 100 consecutive cases of depression at an academic medical center. J Clin Psychiatry. 2012;73(4):e567-e573.
11. Dell’osso B, D’Urso N, Castellano F, et al. Long-term efficacy after acute augmentative repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation in bipolar depression: a 1-year follow-up study. J ECT. 2011;27(2):141-144.
12. Dell’Osso B, Mundo E, D’Urso N, et al. Augmentative repetitive navigated transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS) in drug-resistant bipolar depression. Bipolar Disord. 2009;11(1):76-81.
13. Harel EV, Zangen A, Roth Y, et al. H-coil repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation for the treatment of bipolar depression: an add-on, safety and feasibility study. World J Biol Psychiatry. 2011;12(2):119-126.
14. Nahas Z, Kozel FA, Li X, et al. Left prefrontal transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) treatment of depression in bipolar affective disorder: a pilot study of acute safety and efficacy. Bipolar Disord. 2003;5(1):40-47.
15. Tamas RL, Menkes D, El-Mallakh RS. Stimulating research: a prospective, randomized, double-blind, sham-controlled study of slow transcranial magnetic stimulation in depressed bipolar patients. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2007;19(2):198-199.
16. Tundo A, Cavalieri P, Navari S, et al. Treating bipolar depression - antidepressants and alternatives: a critical review of the literature. Acta Neuropsychiatrica. 2011:23(3):94-105.
17. Gijsman HJ, Geddes JR, Rendell JM, et al. Antidepressants for bipolar depression: a systematic review of randomized, controlled trials. Am J Psychiatry. 2004;161(9):1537-1547.
18. Fornaro M, Anastasia A, Novello S, et al. Incidence, prevalence and clinical correlates of antidepressant‐emergent mania in bipolar depression: a systematic review and meta‐analysis. Bipolar Disord. 2018;20(3):195-227.
19. Pacchiarotti I, Bond DJ, Baldessarini RJ, et al. The International Society for Bipolar Disorders (ISBD) task force report on antidepressant use in bipolar disorders. Am J Psychiatry. 2013;170(11):1249-1262.
20. Xia G, Gajwani P, Muzina DJ, et al. Treatment-emergent mania in unipolar and bipolar depression: focus on repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol. 2008;11(1):119-130.
21. Rachid F. Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation and treatment-emergent mania and hypomania: a review of the literature. J Psychiatr Pract. 2017;23(2):150-159.
22. Victorin A, Rydén E, Thase M, et al. The risk of treatment-emergent mania with methylphenidate in bipolar disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2017;174(4):341-348.
23. Hidalgo-Mazzei D, Berk M, Cipriani A, et al. Treatment-resistant and multi-therapy-resistant criteria for bipolar depression: consensus definition. Br J Psychiatry. 2019;214(1):27-35.
24. Baldessarini RJ, Vázquez GH, Tondo L. Bipolar depression: a major unsolved challenge. Int J Bipolar Disord. 2020;8(1):1.
25. Phillips AL, Burr RL, Dunner DL. Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation in the treatment of bipolar depression: Experience from a clinical setting. J Psychiatr Pract. 2020;26(1):37-45.
1. Aaronson ST, Croarkin PE. Transcranial magnetic stimulation for the treatment of other mood disorders. In: Bermudes RA, Lanocha K, Janicak PG, eds. Transcranial magnetic stimulation: clinical applications for psychiatric practice. American Psychiatric Association Publishing; 2017:127-156.
2. Geddes JR, Miklowitz DJ. Treatment of bipolar disorder. Lancet. 2013;381(9878):1672-1682.
3. Gitlin M. Treatment-resistant bipolar disorder. Molecular Psychiatry. 2006;11(3):227-240.
4. Harrison PJ, Geddes JR, Tunbridge EM. The emerging neurobiology of bipolar disorder. Trends Neurosci. 2018;41(1):18-30.
5. Merikangas KR, Jin R, He JP, et al. Prevalence and correlates of bipolar spectrum disorder in the World Mental Health Survey Initiative. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 2011;68(3):241-251.
6. Myczkowski ML, Fernandes A, Moreno M, et al. Cognitive outcomes of TMS treatment in bipolar depression: safety data from a randomized controlled trial. J Affect Disord. 2018;235: 20-26.
7. Tavares DF, Myczkowski ML, Alberto RL, et al. Treatment of bipolar depression with deep TMS: results from a double-blind, randomized, parallel group, sham-controlled clinical trial. Neuropsychopharmacology. 2017;42(13):2593-2601.
8. Neuronetics. FDA grants NeuroStar® Advanced Therapy System Breakthrough Device Designation to treat bipolar depression. Accessed February 2, 2021. https://www.globenewswire.com/news-release/2020/03/06/1996447/0/en/FDA-Grants-NeuroStar-Advanced-Therapy-System-Breakthrough-Device-Designation-to-Treat-Bipolar-Depression.html
9. Cohen RB, Brunoni AR, Boggio PS, et al. Clinical predictors associated with duration of repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation treatment for remission in bipolar depression: a naturalistic study. J Nerv Ment Dis. 2010;198(9):679-681.
10. Connolly KR, Helmer A, Cristancho MA, et al. Effectiveness of transcranial magnetic stimulation in clinical practice post-FDA approval in the United States: results observed with the first 100 consecutive cases of depression at an academic medical center. J Clin Psychiatry. 2012;73(4):e567-e573.
11. Dell’osso B, D’Urso N, Castellano F, et al. Long-term efficacy after acute augmentative repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation in bipolar depression: a 1-year follow-up study. J ECT. 2011;27(2):141-144.
12. Dell’Osso B, Mundo E, D’Urso N, et al. Augmentative repetitive navigated transcranial magnetic stimulation (rTMS) in drug-resistant bipolar depression. Bipolar Disord. 2009;11(1):76-81.
13. Harel EV, Zangen A, Roth Y, et al. H-coil repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation for the treatment of bipolar depression: an add-on, safety and feasibility study. World J Biol Psychiatry. 2011;12(2):119-126.
14. Nahas Z, Kozel FA, Li X, et al. Left prefrontal transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS) treatment of depression in bipolar affective disorder: a pilot study of acute safety and efficacy. Bipolar Disord. 2003;5(1):40-47.
15. Tamas RL, Menkes D, El-Mallakh RS. Stimulating research: a prospective, randomized, double-blind, sham-controlled study of slow transcranial magnetic stimulation in depressed bipolar patients. J Neuropsychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2007;19(2):198-199.
16. Tundo A, Cavalieri P, Navari S, et al. Treating bipolar depression - antidepressants and alternatives: a critical review of the literature. Acta Neuropsychiatrica. 2011:23(3):94-105.
17. Gijsman HJ, Geddes JR, Rendell JM, et al. Antidepressants for bipolar depression: a systematic review of randomized, controlled trials. Am J Psychiatry. 2004;161(9):1537-1547.
18. Fornaro M, Anastasia A, Novello S, et al. Incidence, prevalence and clinical correlates of antidepressant‐emergent mania in bipolar depression: a systematic review and meta‐analysis. Bipolar Disord. 2018;20(3):195-227.
19. Pacchiarotti I, Bond DJ, Baldessarini RJ, et al. The International Society for Bipolar Disorders (ISBD) task force report on antidepressant use in bipolar disorders. Am J Psychiatry. 2013;170(11):1249-1262.
20. Xia G, Gajwani P, Muzina DJ, et al. Treatment-emergent mania in unipolar and bipolar depression: focus on repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation. Int J Neuropsychopharmacol. 2008;11(1):119-130.
21. Rachid F. Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation and treatment-emergent mania and hypomania: a review of the literature. J Psychiatr Pract. 2017;23(2):150-159.
22. Victorin A, Rydén E, Thase M, et al. The risk of treatment-emergent mania with methylphenidate in bipolar disorder. Am J Psychiatry. 2017;174(4):341-348.
23. Hidalgo-Mazzei D, Berk M, Cipriani A, et al. Treatment-resistant and multi-therapy-resistant criteria for bipolar depression: consensus definition. Br J Psychiatry. 2019;214(1):27-35.
24. Baldessarini RJ, Vázquez GH, Tondo L. Bipolar depression: a major unsolved challenge. Int J Bipolar Disord. 2020;8(1):1.
25. Phillips AL, Burr RL, Dunner DL. Repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation in the treatment of bipolar depression: Experience from a clinical setting. J Psychiatr Pract. 2020;26(1):37-45.
More than just 3 dogs: Is burnout getting in the way of knowing our patients?
Do you ever leave work thinking “Why do I always feel so tired after my shift?” “How can I overcome this fatigue?” “Is this what I expected?” “How can I get over the dread of so much administrative work when I want more time for my patients?” As clinicians, we face these and many other questions every day. These questions are the result of feeling entrapped in a health care system that has forgotten that clinicians need enough time to get to know and connect with their patients. Burnout is real, and relying on wellness activities is not sufficient to overcome it. Instead, taking the time for some introspection and self-reflection can help to overcome these difficulties.
A valuable lesson
Ten months into my intern year as a psychiatry resident, while on a busy night shift at the psychiatry emergency unit, an 86-year-old man arrived alone, hopeless, and with persistent death wishes. He needed to be heard and comforted by someone. Although he understood the nonnegotiable need to be hospitalized, he was extremely hesitant. But why? After all, he expressed wanting to get better and feared going back home alone, yet he was unwilling to be admitted to the hospital for acute care.
I knew I had to address the reason behind my patient’s ambivalence by further exploring his history. Nonetheless, my physician-in-training mind was battling feelings of stress secondary to what at the time seemed to be a never-ending to-do list full of nurses’ requests and patient-related tasks. Despite an unconscious temptation to rush through the history to please my go, go, go! trainee mind, I do not regret having taken the time to ask and address the often-feared “why.” Why was my patient reluctant to accept my recommendation?
To my surprise, it turned out to be an important matter. He said, “I have 3 dogs back home I don’t want to leave alone. They are the only living memory of my wife, who passed away 5 months ago. They help me stay alive.” I was struck by a feeling of empathy, but also guilt for having almost rushed through the history and not being thorough enough to ask why.
Take time to explore ‘why’
Do we really recognize the importance of being inquisitive in our history-taking? What might seem a simple matter to us (in my patient’s case, his 3 dogs were his main support system) can be a significant cause of a patient’s distress. A patients’ hesitancy to accept our recommendations can be secondary to reasons that unfortunately at times we only partially explore, or do not explore at all. Asking why can open Pandora’s box. It can uncover feelings and emotions such as frustration, anger, anxiety, and sorrow. It can also reveal uncertainties regarding topics such as race, gender identity, sexual orientation, socioeconomic status, and religion. We should be driven by humble curiosity, and tailor the interview by purposefully asking questions with the goal of learning and understanding our patients’ concerns. This practice serves to cultivate honest and trustworthy physician-patient relationships founded on empathy and respect.
If we know that obtaining an in-depth history is crucial for formulating a patient’s treatment plan, why do we sometimes fall in the trap of obtaining superficial ones, at times limiting ourselves to checklists? Reasons for not delving into our patients’ histories include (but are not limited to) an overload of patients, time constraints, a physician’s personal style, unconscious bias, suboptimal mentoring, and burnout. Of all these reasons, I worry the most about burnout. Physicians face insurmountable academic, institutional, and administrative demands. These constraints inarguably contribute to feeling rushed, and eventually possibly burned out.
Using self-reflection to prevent burnout
Physician burnout—as well as attempts to define, identify, target, and prevent it—has been on the rise in the past decades. If burnout affects the physician-patient relationship, we should make efforts to mitigate it. One should try to rely on internal, rather than external, influences to positively influence our delivery of care. One way to do this is by really getting to know the patient in front of us: a father, mother, brother, sister, member of the community, etc. Understanding our patient’s needs and concerns promotes empathy and connectedness. Another way is to exercise self-reflection by asking ourselves: How do I feel about the care I delivered today? Did I make an effort to fully understand my patients’ concerns? Did I make each patient feel understood? Was I rushing through the day, or was I mindful of the person in front of me? Did I deliver the care I wish I had received?
Although there are innumerable ways to target physician burnout, these self-reflections are quick, simple exercises that easily can be woven into a clinician’s busy schedule. The goal is to be mindful of improving the quality of our interactions with patients to ultimately cultivate our own well-being by potentiating a sense of fulfilment and satisfaction with our profession. I encourage clinicians to always go after the “why.” After all, why not? Thankfully, after some persuasion, my patient accepted voluntary admission, and arranged with neighbors to take care of his 3 dogs.
Do you ever leave work thinking “Why do I always feel so tired after my shift?” “How can I overcome this fatigue?” “Is this what I expected?” “How can I get over the dread of so much administrative work when I want more time for my patients?” As clinicians, we face these and many other questions every day. These questions are the result of feeling entrapped in a health care system that has forgotten that clinicians need enough time to get to know and connect with their patients. Burnout is real, and relying on wellness activities is not sufficient to overcome it. Instead, taking the time for some introspection and self-reflection can help to overcome these difficulties.
A valuable lesson
Ten months into my intern year as a psychiatry resident, while on a busy night shift at the psychiatry emergency unit, an 86-year-old man arrived alone, hopeless, and with persistent death wishes. He needed to be heard and comforted by someone. Although he understood the nonnegotiable need to be hospitalized, he was extremely hesitant. But why? After all, he expressed wanting to get better and feared going back home alone, yet he was unwilling to be admitted to the hospital for acute care.
I knew I had to address the reason behind my patient’s ambivalence by further exploring his history. Nonetheless, my physician-in-training mind was battling feelings of stress secondary to what at the time seemed to be a never-ending to-do list full of nurses’ requests and patient-related tasks. Despite an unconscious temptation to rush through the history to please my go, go, go! trainee mind, I do not regret having taken the time to ask and address the often-feared “why.” Why was my patient reluctant to accept my recommendation?
To my surprise, it turned out to be an important matter. He said, “I have 3 dogs back home I don’t want to leave alone. They are the only living memory of my wife, who passed away 5 months ago. They help me stay alive.” I was struck by a feeling of empathy, but also guilt for having almost rushed through the history and not being thorough enough to ask why.
Take time to explore ‘why’
Do we really recognize the importance of being inquisitive in our history-taking? What might seem a simple matter to us (in my patient’s case, his 3 dogs were his main support system) can be a significant cause of a patient’s distress. A patients’ hesitancy to accept our recommendations can be secondary to reasons that unfortunately at times we only partially explore, or do not explore at all. Asking why can open Pandora’s box. It can uncover feelings and emotions such as frustration, anger, anxiety, and sorrow. It can also reveal uncertainties regarding topics such as race, gender identity, sexual orientation, socioeconomic status, and religion. We should be driven by humble curiosity, and tailor the interview by purposefully asking questions with the goal of learning and understanding our patients’ concerns. This practice serves to cultivate honest and trustworthy physician-patient relationships founded on empathy and respect.
If we know that obtaining an in-depth history is crucial for formulating a patient’s treatment plan, why do we sometimes fall in the trap of obtaining superficial ones, at times limiting ourselves to checklists? Reasons for not delving into our patients’ histories include (but are not limited to) an overload of patients, time constraints, a physician’s personal style, unconscious bias, suboptimal mentoring, and burnout. Of all these reasons, I worry the most about burnout. Physicians face insurmountable academic, institutional, and administrative demands. These constraints inarguably contribute to feeling rushed, and eventually possibly burned out.
Using self-reflection to prevent burnout
Physician burnout—as well as attempts to define, identify, target, and prevent it—has been on the rise in the past decades. If burnout affects the physician-patient relationship, we should make efforts to mitigate it. One should try to rely on internal, rather than external, influences to positively influence our delivery of care. One way to do this is by really getting to know the patient in front of us: a father, mother, brother, sister, member of the community, etc. Understanding our patient’s needs and concerns promotes empathy and connectedness. Another way is to exercise self-reflection by asking ourselves: How do I feel about the care I delivered today? Did I make an effort to fully understand my patients’ concerns? Did I make each patient feel understood? Was I rushing through the day, or was I mindful of the person in front of me? Did I deliver the care I wish I had received?
Although there are innumerable ways to target physician burnout, these self-reflections are quick, simple exercises that easily can be woven into a clinician’s busy schedule. The goal is to be mindful of improving the quality of our interactions with patients to ultimately cultivate our own well-being by potentiating a sense of fulfilment and satisfaction with our profession. I encourage clinicians to always go after the “why.” After all, why not? Thankfully, after some persuasion, my patient accepted voluntary admission, and arranged with neighbors to take care of his 3 dogs.
Do you ever leave work thinking “Why do I always feel so tired after my shift?” “How can I overcome this fatigue?” “Is this what I expected?” “How can I get over the dread of so much administrative work when I want more time for my patients?” As clinicians, we face these and many other questions every day. These questions are the result of feeling entrapped in a health care system that has forgotten that clinicians need enough time to get to know and connect with their patients. Burnout is real, and relying on wellness activities is not sufficient to overcome it. Instead, taking the time for some introspection and self-reflection can help to overcome these difficulties.
A valuable lesson
Ten months into my intern year as a psychiatry resident, while on a busy night shift at the psychiatry emergency unit, an 86-year-old man arrived alone, hopeless, and with persistent death wishes. He needed to be heard and comforted by someone. Although he understood the nonnegotiable need to be hospitalized, he was extremely hesitant. But why? After all, he expressed wanting to get better and feared going back home alone, yet he was unwilling to be admitted to the hospital for acute care.
I knew I had to address the reason behind my patient’s ambivalence by further exploring his history. Nonetheless, my physician-in-training mind was battling feelings of stress secondary to what at the time seemed to be a never-ending to-do list full of nurses’ requests and patient-related tasks. Despite an unconscious temptation to rush through the history to please my go, go, go! trainee mind, I do not regret having taken the time to ask and address the often-feared “why.” Why was my patient reluctant to accept my recommendation?
To my surprise, it turned out to be an important matter. He said, “I have 3 dogs back home I don’t want to leave alone. They are the only living memory of my wife, who passed away 5 months ago. They help me stay alive.” I was struck by a feeling of empathy, but also guilt for having almost rushed through the history and not being thorough enough to ask why.
Take time to explore ‘why’
Do we really recognize the importance of being inquisitive in our history-taking? What might seem a simple matter to us (in my patient’s case, his 3 dogs were his main support system) can be a significant cause of a patient’s distress. A patients’ hesitancy to accept our recommendations can be secondary to reasons that unfortunately at times we only partially explore, or do not explore at all. Asking why can open Pandora’s box. It can uncover feelings and emotions such as frustration, anger, anxiety, and sorrow. It can also reveal uncertainties regarding topics such as race, gender identity, sexual orientation, socioeconomic status, and religion. We should be driven by humble curiosity, and tailor the interview by purposefully asking questions with the goal of learning and understanding our patients’ concerns. This practice serves to cultivate honest and trustworthy physician-patient relationships founded on empathy and respect.
If we know that obtaining an in-depth history is crucial for formulating a patient’s treatment plan, why do we sometimes fall in the trap of obtaining superficial ones, at times limiting ourselves to checklists? Reasons for not delving into our patients’ histories include (but are not limited to) an overload of patients, time constraints, a physician’s personal style, unconscious bias, suboptimal mentoring, and burnout. Of all these reasons, I worry the most about burnout. Physicians face insurmountable academic, institutional, and administrative demands. These constraints inarguably contribute to feeling rushed, and eventually possibly burned out.
Using self-reflection to prevent burnout
Physician burnout—as well as attempts to define, identify, target, and prevent it—has been on the rise in the past decades. If burnout affects the physician-patient relationship, we should make efforts to mitigate it. One should try to rely on internal, rather than external, influences to positively influence our delivery of care. One way to do this is by really getting to know the patient in front of us: a father, mother, brother, sister, member of the community, etc. Understanding our patient’s needs and concerns promotes empathy and connectedness. Another way is to exercise self-reflection by asking ourselves: How do I feel about the care I delivered today? Did I make an effort to fully understand my patients’ concerns? Did I make each patient feel understood? Was I rushing through the day, or was I mindful of the person in front of me? Did I deliver the care I wish I had received?
Although there are innumerable ways to target physician burnout, these self-reflections are quick, simple exercises that easily can be woven into a clinician’s busy schedule. The goal is to be mindful of improving the quality of our interactions with patients to ultimately cultivate our own well-being by potentiating a sense of fulfilment and satisfaction with our profession. I encourage clinicians to always go after the “why.” After all, why not? Thankfully, after some persuasion, my patient accepted voluntary admission, and arranged with neighbors to take care of his 3 dogs.
A resident’s guide to lithium
Lithium has been used in psychiatry for more than half a century and is considered the gold standard for treating acute mania and maintenance treatment of bipolar disorder.1 Evidence supports its use to reduce suicidal behavior and as an adjunctive treatment for major depressive disorder.2 However, lithium has fallen out of favor because of its narrow therapeutic index as well as the introduction of newer psychotropic medications that have a quicker onset of action and do not require strict blood monitoring. For residents early in their training, keeping track of the laboratory monitoring and medical screening can be confusing. Different institutions and countries have specific guidelines and recommendations for monitoring patients receiving lithium, which adds to the confusion.
We completed a literature review to develop clear and concise recommendations for lithium monitoring for residents in our psychiatry residency program. These recommendations outline screening at baseline and after patients treated with lithium achieve stability. Table 13-11 outlines medical screening parameters, including bloodwork, that should be completed before initiating treatment, and how often such screening should be repeated. Table 2 incorporates these parameters into progress notes in the electronic medical record to keep track of the laboratory values and when they were last drawn. Our aim is to help residents stay organized and prevent missed screenings.
How often should lithium levels be monitored?
After starting a patient on lithium, check the level within 5 to 7 days, and 5 to 7 days after each dose change. Draw the lithium level 10 to 14 hours after the patient’s last dose (12 hours is best).1 Because of dosage changes, lithium levels usually are monitored more frequently during the first 3 months of treatment until therapeutic levels are reached or symptoms are controlled. It is recommended to monitor lithium levels every 3 months for the first year and every 6 months after the first year of treatment once the patient is stable and considering age, medical health, and how consistently a patient reports symptoms/adverse effects.3,5 Continue monitoring levels every 3 months in older adults; in patients with renal dysfunction, thyroid dysfunction, hypercalcemia, or other significant medical comorbidities; and in those who are taking medications that affect lithium, such as pain medications (nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs can raise lithium levels), certain antihypertensives (angiotensin-converting-enzyme inhibitors can raise lithium levels), and diuretics (thiazide diuretics can raise lithium levels; osmotic diuretics and carbonic anhydrase inhibitors can reduce lithium levels).1,3,5
Lithium levels could vary by up to 0.5 mEq/L during transition between manic, euthymic, and depressive states.12 On a consistent dosage, lithium levels decrease during mania because of hemodilution, and increase during depression secondary to physiological effects specific to these episodes.13,14
Recommendations for plasma lithium levels (trough levels)
Mania. Lithium levels of 0.8 to 1.2 mEq/L often are needed to achieve symptom control during manic episodes.15 As levels approach 1.5 mEq/L, patients are at increased risk for intolerable adverse effects (eg, nausea and vomiting) and toxicity.16,17 Adverse effects at higher levels may result in patients abruptly discontinuing lithium. Patients who experience mania before a depressive episode at illness onsettend to have a better treatment response with lithium.18 Lithium monotherapy has been shown to be less effective for acute mania than antipsychotics or combination therapies.19 Consider combining lithium with valproate or antipsychotics for patients who have tolerated lithium in the past and plan to use lithium for maintenance treatment.20
Maintenance. In adults, the lithium level should be 0.60 to 80mEq/L, but consider levels of 0.40 to 0.60 mEq/L in patients who have a good response to lithium but develop adverse effects at higher levels.21 For patients who do not respond to treatment, such as those with severe mania, maintenance levels can be increased to 0.76 to 0.90 mEq/L.22 These same recommendations for maintenance levels can be used for children and adolescents. In older adults, aim for maintenance levels of 0.4 to 0.6 mEq/L. For patients age 65 to 79, the maximum level is 0.7 to 0.8 mEq/L, and should not exceed 0.7 mEq/L in patients age >80. Lithium levels <0.4 mEq/L do not appear to be effective.21
Depression. Aim for a lithium level of 0.6 to 1.0 mEq/L for patients with depression.11
Continue to: Renal function monitoring frequency
Renal function monitoring frequency
Obtain a basic metabolic panel or comprehensive metabolic panel to establish baseline levels of creatinine, blood urea nitrogen (BUN), and estimated glomerular filtration rate (eGFR). Repeat testing at Week 12 and at 6 months to detect any changes. Renal function can be monitored every 6 to 12 months in stable patients, but should be closely watched when a patient’s clinical status changes.3 A new lower eGFR value after starting lithium therapy should be investigated with a repeat test in 2 weeks.23 Mild elevations in creatinine should be monitored, and further medical workup with a nephrologist is recommended for patients with a creatinine level ≥1.6 mg/dL.24 It is important to note that creatinine might remain within normal limits if there is considerable reduction in glomerular function. Creatinine levels could vary because of body mass and diet. Creatinine levels can be low in nonmuscular patients and elevated in patients who consume large amounts of protein.23,25
Ordering a basic metabolic panel also allows electrolyte monitoring. Hyponatremia and dehydration can lead to elevated lithium levels and result in toxicity; hypokalemia might increase the risk of lithium-induced cardiac toxicity. Monitor calcium (corrected serum calcium) because hypercalcemia has been seen in patients treated with lithium.
Thyroid function monitoring frequency
Obtain levels of thyroid-stimulating hormone with reflex to free T4 at baseline, 12 weeks, and 6 months. Monitor thyroid function every 6 to 12 months in stable patients and when a patient’s clinical status changes, such as with new reports of medical or psychiatric symptoms and when there is concern for thyroid dysfunction.3
Lithium and neurotoxicity
Lithium is known to have neurotoxic effects, such as effects on fast-acting neurons leading to dyscoordination or tremor, even at therapeutic levels.26 This is especially the case when lithium is combined with an antipsychotic,26,27 a combination that is used to treat bipolar I disorder with psychotic features. Older adults are at greater risk for neurotoxicity because of physiological changes associated with increasing age.28
Educate patients about adherence, diet, and exercise
Patients might stop taking their psychotropic medications when they start feeling better. Instruct patients to discuss discontinuation with the prescribing clinician before they stop any medication. Educate patients that rapidly discontinuing lithium therapy puts them at high risk of relapse29 and increases the risk of developing treatment-refractory symptoms.23,30 Emphasize the importance of staying hydrated and maintaining adequate sodium in their diet.17,31 Consuming excessive sodium can reduce lithium levels.17,32 Lithium levels could increase when patients experience excessive sweating, such as during exercise or being outside on warm days, because of sodium and volume loss.17,33
1. Tondo L, Alda M, Bauer M, et al. Clinical use of lithium salts: guide for users and prescribers. Int J Bipolar Disord. 2019;7(1):16. doi:10.1186/s40345-019-0151-2
2. Azab AN, Shnaider A, Osher Y, et al. Lithium nephrotoxicity. Int J Bipolar Disord. 2015;3(1):28. doi:10.1186/s40345-015-0028-y
3. American Psychiatric Association. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with bipolar disorder (revision). Am J Psychiatry. 2002;159:1-50.
4. Yatham LN, Kennedy SH, Parikh SV, et al. Canadian Network for Mood and Anxiety Treatments (CANMAT) and International Society for Bipolar Disorders (ISBD) collaborative update of CANMAT guidelines for the management of patients with bipolar disorder: update 2013. Bipolar Disord. 2013;15:1‐44. doi:10.1111/bdi.12025
5. National Collaborating Center for Mental Health (UK). Bipolar disorder: the NICE guideline on the assessment and management of bipolar disorder in adults, children and young people in primary and secondary care. The British Psychological Society and The Royal College of Psychiatrists; 2014.
6. Kupka R, Goossens P, van Bendegem M, et al. Multidisciplinaire richtlijn bipolaire stoornissen. Nederlandse Vereniging voor Psychiatrie (NVvP); 2015. Accessed August 10, 2020. http://www.nvvp.net/stream/richtlijn-bipolaire-stoornissen-2015
7. Malhi GS, Bassett D, Boyce P, et al. Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists clinical practice guidelines for mood disorders. Aust N Z J Psychiatry. 2015;49:1087‐1206. doi:10.1177/0004867415617657
8. Nederlof M, Heerdink ER, Egberts ACG, et al. Monitoring of patients treated with lithium for bipolar disorder: an international survey. Int J Bipolar Disord. 2018;6(1):12. doi:10.1186/s40345-018-0120-1
9. Leo RJ, Sharma M, Chrostowski DA. A case of lithium-induced symptomatic hypercalcemia. Prim Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;12(4):PCC.09l00917. doi:10.4088/PCC.09l00917yel
10. McHenry CR, Lee K. Lithium therapy and disorders of the parathyroid glands. Endocr Pract. 1996;2(2):103-109. doi:10.4158/EP.2.2.103
11. Stahl SM. The prescribers guide: Stahl’s essential psychopharmacology. 6th ed. Cambridge University Press; 2017.
12. Kukopulos A, Reginaldi D. Variations of serum lithium concentrations correlated with the phases of manic-depressive psychosis. Agressologie. 1978;19(D):219-222.
13. Rittmannsberger H, Malsiner-Walli G. Mood-dependent changes of serum lithium concentration in a rapid cycling patient maintained on stable doses of lithium carbonate. Bipolar Disord. 2013;15(3):333-337. doi:10.1111/bdi.12066
14. Hochman E, Weizman A, Valevski A, et al. Association between bipolar episodes and fluid and electrolyte homeostasis: a retrospective longitudinal study. Bipolar Disord. 2014;16(8):781-789. doi:10.1111/bdi.12248
15. Volkmann C, Bschor T, Köhler S. Lithium treatment over the lifespan in bipolar disorders. Front Psychiatry. 2020;11:377. doi: 10.3389/fpsyt.2020.00377
16. Boltan DD, Fenves AZ. Effectiveness of normal saline diuresis in treating lithium overdose. Proc (Bayl Univ Med Cent). 2008;21(3):261-263. doi:10.1080/08998280.2008.11928407
17. Sadock BJ, Saddock VA, Ruiz P. Kaplan and Sadock’s synopsis of psychiatry. 11th ed. Wolters Kluwer; 2014.
18. Tighe SK, Mahon PB, Potash JB. Predictors of lithium response in bipolar disorder. Ther Adv Chronic Dis. 2011;2(3):209-226. doi:10.1177/2040622311399173
19. Cipriani A, Barbui C, Salanti G, et al. Comparative efficacy and acceptability of antimanic drugs in acute mania: a multiple-treatments meta-analysis. Lancet. 2011;378(9799):1306-1315. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(11)60873-8
20. Smith LA, Cornelius V, Tacchi MJ, et al. Acute bipolar mania: a systematic review and meta-analysis of co-therapy vs monotherapy. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2016;115(1):12-20. doi:10.1111/j.1600-0447.2006.00912.x
21. Nolen WA, Licht RW, Young AH, et al; ISBD/IGSLI Task Force on the treatment with lithium. What is the optimal serum level for lithium in the maintenance treatment of bipolar disorder? A systematic review and recommendations from the ISBD/IGSLI Task Force on treatment with lithium. Bipolar Disord. 2019;21(5):394-409. doi:10.1111/bdi.12805
22. Maj M, Starace F, Nolfe G, et al. Minimum plasma lithium levels required for effective prophylaxis in DSM III bipolar disorder: a prospective study. Pharmacopsychiatry. 1986;19(6):420-423. doi:10.1055/s-2007-1017280
23. Gupta S, Kripalani M, Khastgir U, et al. Management of the renal adverse effects of lithium. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment. 2013;19(6):457-466. doi:10.1192/apt.bp.112.010306
24. Gitlin M. Lithium and the kidney: an updated review. Drug Saf. 1999;20(3):231-243. doi:10.2165/00002018-199920030-00004
25. Jefferson JW. A clinician’s guide to monitoring kidney function in lithium-treated patients. J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;71(9):1153-1157. doi:10.4088/JCP.09m05917yel
26. Shah VC, Kayathi P, Singh G, et al. Enhance your understanding of lithium neurotoxicity. Prim Care Companion CNS Disord. 2015;17(3):10.4088/PCC.14l01767. doi:10.4088/PCC.14l01767
27. Netto I, Phutane VH. Reversible lithium neurotoxicity: review of the literature. Prim Care Companion CNS Disord. 2012;14(1):PCC.11r01197. doi:10.4088/PCC.11r01197
28. Mohandas E, Rajmohan V. Lithium use in special populations. Indian J Psychiatry. 2007;49(3):211-218. doi:10.4103/0019-5545.37325
29. Gupta S, Khastgir U. Drug information update. Lithium and chronic kidney disease: debates and dilemmas. BJPsych Bull. 2017;41(4):216-220. doi:10.1192/pb.bp.116.054031
30. Post RM. Preventing the malignant transformation of bipolar disorder. JAMA. 2018;319(12):1197-1198. doi:10.1001/jama.2018.0322
31. Timmer RT, Sands JM. Lithium intoxication. J Am Soc Nephrol. 1999;10(3):666-674.
32. Demers RG, Heninger GR. Sodium intake and lithium treatment in mania. Am J Psychiatry. 1971;128(1):100-104. doi:10.1176/ajp.128.1.100
33. Hedya SA, Avula A, Swoboda HD. Lithium toxicity. In: StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing; 2020.
Lithium has been used in psychiatry for more than half a century and is considered the gold standard for treating acute mania and maintenance treatment of bipolar disorder.1 Evidence supports its use to reduce suicidal behavior and as an adjunctive treatment for major depressive disorder.2 However, lithium has fallen out of favor because of its narrow therapeutic index as well as the introduction of newer psychotropic medications that have a quicker onset of action and do not require strict blood monitoring. For residents early in their training, keeping track of the laboratory monitoring and medical screening can be confusing. Different institutions and countries have specific guidelines and recommendations for monitoring patients receiving lithium, which adds to the confusion.
We completed a literature review to develop clear and concise recommendations for lithium monitoring for residents in our psychiatry residency program. These recommendations outline screening at baseline and after patients treated with lithium achieve stability. Table 13-11 outlines medical screening parameters, including bloodwork, that should be completed before initiating treatment, and how often such screening should be repeated. Table 2 incorporates these parameters into progress notes in the electronic medical record to keep track of the laboratory values and when they were last drawn. Our aim is to help residents stay organized and prevent missed screenings.
How often should lithium levels be monitored?
After starting a patient on lithium, check the level within 5 to 7 days, and 5 to 7 days after each dose change. Draw the lithium level 10 to 14 hours after the patient’s last dose (12 hours is best).1 Because of dosage changes, lithium levels usually are monitored more frequently during the first 3 months of treatment until therapeutic levels are reached or symptoms are controlled. It is recommended to monitor lithium levels every 3 months for the first year and every 6 months after the first year of treatment once the patient is stable and considering age, medical health, and how consistently a patient reports symptoms/adverse effects.3,5 Continue monitoring levels every 3 months in older adults; in patients with renal dysfunction, thyroid dysfunction, hypercalcemia, or other significant medical comorbidities; and in those who are taking medications that affect lithium, such as pain medications (nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs can raise lithium levels), certain antihypertensives (angiotensin-converting-enzyme inhibitors can raise lithium levels), and diuretics (thiazide diuretics can raise lithium levels; osmotic diuretics and carbonic anhydrase inhibitors can reduce lithium levels).1,3,5
Lithium levels could vary by up to 0.5 mEq/L during transition between manic, euthymic, and depressive states.12 On a consistent dosage, lithium levels decrease during mania because of hemodilution, and increase during depression secondary to physiological effects specific to these episodes.13,14
Recommendations for plasma lithium levels (trough levels)
Mania. Lithium levels of 0.8 to 1.2 mEq/L often are needed to achieve symptom control during manic episodes.15 As levels approach 1.5 mEq/L, patients are at increased risk for intolerable adverse effects (eg, nausea and vomiting) and toxicity.16,17 Adverse effects at higher levels may result in patients abruptly discontinuing lithium. Patients who experience mania before a depressive episode at illness onsettend to have a better treatment response with lithium.18 Lithium monotherapy has been shown to be less effective for acute mania than antipsychotics or combination therapies.19 Consider combining lithium with valproate or antipsychotics for patients who have tolerated lithium in the past and plan to use lithium for maintenance treatment.20
Maintenance. In adults, the lithium level should be 0.60 to 80mEq/L, but consider levels of 0.40 to 0.60 mEq/L in patients who have a good response to lithium but develop adverse effects at higher levels.21 For patients who do not respond to treatment, such as those with severe mania, maintenance levels can be increased to 0.76 to 0.90 mEq/L.22 These same recommendations for maintenance levels can be used for children and adolescents. In older adults, aim for maintenance levels of 0.4 to 0.6 mEq/L. For patients age 65 to 79, the maximum level is 0.7 to 0.8 mEq/L, and should not exceed 0.7 mEq/L in patients age >80. Lithium levels <0.4 mEq/L do not appear to be effective.21
Depression. Aim for a lithium level of 0.6 to 1.0 mEq/L for patients with depression.11
Continue to: Renal function monitoring frequency
Renal function monitoring frequency
Obtain a basic metabolic panel or comprehensive metabolic panel to establish baseline levels of creatinine, blood urea nitrogen (BUN), and estimated glomerular filtration rate (eGFR). Repeat testing at Week 12 and at 6 months to detect any changes. Renal function can be monitored every 6 to 12 months in stable patients, but should be closely watched when a patient’s clinical status changes.3 A new lower eGFR value after starting lithium therapy should be investigated with a repeat test in 2 weeks.23 Mild elevations in creatinine should be monitored, and further medical workup with a nephrologist is recommended for patients with a creatinine level ≥1.6 mg/dL.24 It is important to note that creatinine might remain within normal limits if there is considerable reduction in glomerular function. Creatinine levels could vary because of body mass and diet. Creatinine levels can be low in nonmuscular patients and elevated in patients who consume large amounts of protein.23,25
Ordering a basic metabolic panel also allows electrolyte monitoring. Hyponatremia and dehydration can lead to elevated lithium levels and result in toxicity; hypokalemia might increase the risk of lithium-induced cardiac toxicity. Monitor calcium (corrected serum calcium) because hypercalcemia has been seen in patients treated with lithium.
Thyroid function monitoring frequency
Obtain levels of thyroid-stimulating hormone with reflex to free T4 at baseline, 12 weeks, and 6 months. Monitor thyroid function every 6 to 12 months in stable patients and when a patient’s clinical status changes, such as with new reports of medical or psychiatric symptoms and when there is concern for thyroid dysfunction.3
Lithium and neurotoxicity
Lithium is known to have neurotoxic effects, such as effects on fast-acting neurons leading to dyscoordination or tremor, even at therapeutic levels.26 This is especially the case when lithium is combined with an antipsychotic,26,27 a combination that is used to treat bipolar I disorder with psychotic features. Older adults are at greater risk for neurotoxicity because of physiological changes associated with increasing age.28
Educate patients about adherence, diet, and exercise
Patients might stop taking their psychotropic medications when they start feeling better. Instruct patients to discuss discontinuation with the prescribing clinician before they stop any medication. Educate patients that rapidly discontinuing lithium therapy puts them at high risk of relapse29 and increases the risk of developing treatment-refractory symptoms.23,30 Emphasize the importance of staying hydrated and maintaining adequate sodium in their diet.17,31 Consuming excessive sodium can reduce lithium levels.17,32 Lithium levels could increase when patients experience excessive sweating, such as during exercise or being outside on warm days, because of sodium and volume loss.17,33
Lithium has been used in psychiatry for more than half a century and is considered the gold standard for treating acute mania and maintenance treatment of bipolar disorder.1 Evidence supports its use to reduce suicidal behavior and as an adjunctive treatment for major depressive disorder.2 However, lithium has fallen out of favor because of its narrow therapeutic index as well as the introduction of newer psychotropic medications that have a quicker onset of action and do not require strict blood monitoring. For residents early in their training, keeping track of the laboratory monitoring and medical screening can be confusing. Different institutions and countries have specific guidelines and recommendations for monitoring patients receiving lithium, which adds to the confusion.
We completed a literature review to develop clear and concise recommendations for lithium monitoring for residents in our psychiatry residency program. These recommendations outline screening at baseline and after patients treated with lithium achieve stability. Table 13-11 outlines medical screening parameters, including bloodwork, that should be completed before initiating treatment, and how often such screening should be repeated. Table 2 incorporates these parameters into progress notes in the electronic medical record to keep track of the laboratory values and when they were last drawn. Our aim is to help residents stay organized and prevent missed screenings.
How often should lithium levels be monitored?
After starting a patient on lithium, check the level within 5 to 7 days, and 5 to 7 days after each dose change. Draw the lithium level 10 to 14 hours after the patient’s last dose (12 hours is best).1 Because of dosage changes, lithium levels usually are monitored more frequently during the first 3 months of treatment until therapeutic levels are reached or symptoms are controlled. It is recommended to monitor lithium levels every 3 months for the first year and every 6 months after the first year of treatment once the patient is stable and considering age, medical health, and how consistently a patient reports symptoms/adverse effects.3,5 Continue monitoring levels every 3 months in older adults; in patients with renal dysfunction, thyroid dysfunction, hypercalcemia, or other significant medical comorbidities; and in those who are taking medications that affect lithium, such as pain medications (nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs can raise lithium levels), certain antihypertensives (angiotensin-converting-enzyme inhibitors can raise lithium levels), and diuretics (thiazide diuretics can raise lithium levels; osmotic diuretics and carbonic anhydrase inhibitors can reduce lithium levels).1,3,5
Lithium levels could vary by up to 0.5 mEq/L during transition between manic, euthymic, and depressive states.12 On a consistent dosage, lithium levels decrease during mania because of hemodilution, and increase during depression secondary to physiological effects specific to these episodes.13,14
Recommendations for plasma lithium levels (trough levels)
Mania. Lithium levels of 0.8 to 1.2 mEq/L often are needed to achieve symptom control during manic episodes.15 As levels approach 1.5 mEq/L, patients are at increased risk for intolerable adverse effects (eg, nausea and vomiting) and toxicity.16,17 Adverse effects at higher levels may result in patients abruptly discontinuing lithium. Patients who experience mania before a depressive episode at illness onsettend to have a better treatment response with lithium.18 Lithium monotherapy has been shown to be less effective for acute mania than antipsychotics or combination therapies.19 Consider combining lithium with valproate or antipsychotics for patients who have tolerated lithium in the past and plan to use lithium for maintenance treatment.20
Maintenance. In adults, the lithium level should be 0.60 to 80mEq/L, but consider levels of 0.40 to 0.60 mEq/L in patients who have a good response to lithium but develop adverse effects at higher levels.21 For patients who do not respond to treatment, such as those with severe mania, maintenance levels can be increased to 0.76 to 0.90 mEq/L.22 These same recommendations for maintenance levels can be used for children and adolescents. In older adults, aim for maintenance levels of 0.4 to 0.6 mEq/L. For patients age 65 to 79, the maximum level is 0.7 to 0.8 mEq/L, and should not exceed 0.7 mEq/L in patients age >80. Lithium levels <0.4 mEq/L do not appear to be effective.21
Depression. Aim for a lithium level of 0.6 to 1.0 mEq/L for patients with depression.11
Continue to: Renal function monitoring frequency
Renal function monitoring frequency
Obtain a basic metabolic panel or comprehensive metabolic panel to establish baseline levels of creatinine, blood urea nitrogen (BUN), and estimated glomerular filtration rate (eGFR). Repeat testing at Week 12 and at 6 months to detect any changes. Renal function can be monitored every 6 to 12 months in stable patients, but should be closely watched when a patient’s clinical status changes.3 A new lower eGFR value after starting lithium therapy should be investigated with a repeat test in 2 weeks.23 Mild elevations in creatinine should be monitored, and further medical workup with a nephrologist is recommended for patients with a creatinine level ≥1.6 mg/dL.24 It is important to note that creatinine might remain within normal limits if there is considerable reduction in glomerular function. Creatinine levels could vary because of body mass and diet. Creatinine levels can be low in nonmuscular patients and elevated in patients who consume large amounts of protein.23,25
Ordering a basic metabolic panel also allows electrolyte monitoring. Hyponatremia and dehydration can lead to elevated lithium levels and result in toxicity; hypokalemia might increase the risk of lithium-induced cardiac toxicity. Monitor calcium (corrected serum calcium) because hypercalcemia has been seen in patients treated with lithium.
Thyroid function monitoring frequency
Obtain levels of thyroid-stimulating hormone with reflex to free T4 at baseline, 12 weeks, and 6 months. Monitor thyroid function every 6 to 12 months in stable patients and when a patient’s clinical status changes, such as with new reports of medical or psychiatric symptoms and when there is concern for thyroid dysfunction.3
Lithium and neurotoxicity
Lithium is known to have neurotoxic effects, such as effects on fast-acting neurons leading to dyscoordination or tremor, even at therapeutic levels.26 This is especially the case when lithium is combined with an antipsychotic,26,27 a combination that is used to treat bipolar I disorder with psychotic features. Older adults are at greater risk for neurotoxicity because of physiological changes associated with increasing age.28
Educate patients about adherence, diet, and exercise
Patients might stop taking their psychotropic medications when they start feeling better. Instruct patients to discuss discontinuation with the prescribing clinician before they stop any medication. Educate patients that rapidly discontinuing lithium therapy puts them at high risk of relapse29 and increases the risk of developing treatment-refractory symptoms.23,30 Emphasize the importance of staying hydrated and maintaining adequate sodium in their diet.17,31 Consuming excessive sodium can reduce lithium levels.17,32 Lithium levels could increase when patients experience excessive sweating, such as during exercise or being outside on warm days, because of sodium and volume loss.17,33
1. Tondo L, Alda M, Bauer M, et al. Clinical use of lithium salts: guide for users and prescribers. Int J Bipolar Disord. 2019;7(1):16. doi:10.1186/s40345-019-0151-2
2. Azab AN, Shnaider A, Osher Y, et al. Lithium nephrotoxicity. Int J Bipolar Disord. 2015;3(1):28. doi:10.1186/s40345-015-0028-y
3. American Psychiatric Association. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with bipolar disorder (revision). Am J Psychiatry. 2002;159:1-50.
4. Yatham LN, Kennedy SH, Parikh SV, et al. Canadian Network for Mood and Anxiety Treatments (CANMAT) and International Society for Bipolar Disorders (ISBD) collaborative update of CANMAT guidelines for the management of patients with bipolar disorder: update 2013. Bipolar Disord. 2013;15:1‐44. doi:10.1111/bdi.12025
5. National Collaborating Center for Mental Health (UK). Bipolar disorder: the NICE guideline on the assessment and management of bipolar disorder in adults, children and young people in primary and secondary care. The British Psychological Society and The Royal College of Psychiatrists; 2014.
6. Kupka R, Goossens P, van Bendegem M, et al. Multidisciplinaire richtlijn bipolaire stoornissen. Nederlandse Vereniging voor Psychiatrie (NVvP); 2015. Accessed August 10, 2020. http://www.nvvp.net/stream/richtlijn-bipolaire-stoornissen-2015
7. Malhi GS, Bassett D, Boyce P, et al. Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists clinical practice guidelines for mood disorders. Aust N Z J Psychiatry. 2015;49:1087‐1206. doi:10.1177/0004867415617657
8. Nederlof M, Heerdink ER, Egberts ACG, et al. Monitoring of patients treated with lithium for bipolar disorder: an international survey. Int J Bipolar Disord. 2018;6(1):12. doi:10.1186/s40345-018-0120-1
9. Leo RJ, Sharma M, Chrostowski DA. A case of lithium-induced symptomatic hypercalcemia. Prim Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;12(4):PCC.09l00917. doi:10.4088/PCC.09l00917yel
10. McHenry CR, Lee K. Lithium therapy and disorders of the parathyroid glands. Endocr Pract. 1996;2(2):103-109. doi:10.4158/EP.2.2.103
11. Stahl SM. The prescribers guide: Stahl’s essential psychopharmacology. 6th ed. Cambridge University Press; 2017.
12. Kukopulos A, Reginaldi D. Variations of serum lithium concentrations correlated with the phases of manic-depressive psychosis. Agressologie. 1978;19(D):219-222.
13. Rittmannsberger H, Malsiner-Walli G. Mood-dependent changes of serum lithium concentration in a rapid cycling patient maintained on stable doses of lithium carbonate. Bipolar Disord. 2013;15(3):333-337. doi:10.1111/bdi.12066
14. Hochman E, Weizman A, Valevski A, et al. Association between bipolar episodes and fluid and electrolyte homeostasis: a retrospective longitudinal study. Bipolar Disord. 2014;16(8):781-789. doi:10.1111/bdi.12248
15. Volkmann C, Bschor T, Köhler S. Lithium treatment over the lifespan in bipolar disorders. Front Psychiatry. 2020;11:377. doi: 10.3389/fpsyt.2020.00377
16. Boltan DD, Fenves AZ. Effectiveness of normal saline diuresis in treating lithium overdose. Proc (Bayl Univ Med Cent). 2008;21(3):261-263. doi:10.1080/08998280.2008.11928407
17. Sadock BJ, Saddock VA, Ruiz P. Kaplan and Sadock’s synopsis of psychiatry. 11th ed. Wolters Kluwer; 2014.
18. Tighe SK, Mahon PB, Potash JB. Predictors of lithium response in bipolar disorder. Ther Adv Chronic Dis. 2011;2(3):209-226. doi:10.1177/2040622311399173
19. Cipriani A, Barbui C, Salanti G, et al. Comparative efficacy and acceptability of antimanic drugs in acute mania: a multiple-treatments meta-analysis. Lancet. 2011;378(9799):1306-1315. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(11)60873-8
20. Smith LA, Cornelius V, Tacchi MJ, et al. Acute bipolar mania: a systematic review and meta-analysis of co-therapy vs monotherapy. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2016;115(1):12-20. doi:10.1111/j.1600-0447.2006.00912.x
21. Nolen WA, Licht RW, Young AH, et al; ISBD/IGSLI Task Force on the treatment with lithium. What is the optimal serum level for lithium in the maintenance treatment of bipolar disorder? A systematic review and recommendations from the ISBD/IGSLI Task Force on treatment with lithium. Bipolar Disord. 2019;21(5):394-409. doi:10.1111/bdi.12805
22. Maj M, Starace F, Nolfe G, et al. Minimum plasma lithium levels required for effective prophylaxis in DSM III bipolar disorder: a prospective study. Pharmacopsychiatry. 1986;19(6):420-423. doi:10.1055/s-2007-1017280
23. Gupta S, Kripalani M, Khastgir U, et al. Management of the renal adverse effects of lithium. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment. 2013;19(6):457-466. doi:10.1192/apt.bp.112.010306
24. Gitlin M. Lithium and the kidney: an updated review. Drug Saf. 1999;20(3):231-243. doi:10.2165/00002018-199920030-00004
25. Jefferson JW. A clinician’s guide to monitoring kidney function in lithium-treated patients. J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;71(9):1153-1157. doi:10.4088/JCP.09m05917yel
26. Shah VC, Kayathi P, Singh G, et al. Enhance your understanding of lithium neurotoxicity. Prim Care Companion CNS Disord. 2015;17(3):10.4088/PCC.14l01767. doi:10.4088/PCC.14l01767
27. Netto I, Phutane VH. Reversible lithium neurotoxicity: review of the literature. Prim Care Companion CNS Disord. 2012;14(1):PCC.11r01197. doi:10.4088/PCC.11r01197
28. Mohandas E, Rajmohan V. Lithium use in special populations. Indian J Psychiatry. 2007;49(3):211-218. doi:10.4103/0019-5545.37325
29. Gupta S, Khastgir U. Drug information update. Lithium and chronic kidney disease: debates and dilemmas. BJPsych Bull. 2017;41(4):216-220. doi:10.1192/pb.bp.116.054031
30. Post RM. Preventing the malignant transformation of bipolar disorder. JAMA. 2018;319(12):1197-1198. doi:10.1001/jama.2018.0322
31. Timmer RT, Sands JM. Lithium intoxication. J Am Soc Nephrol. 1999;10(3):666-674.
32. Demers RG, Heninger GR. Sodium intake and lithium treatment in mania. Am J Psychiatry. 1971;128(1):100-104. doi:10.1176/ajp.128.1.100
33. Hedya SA, Avula A, Swoboda HD. Lithium toxicity. In: StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing; 2020.
1. Tondo L, Alda M, Bauer M, et al. Clinical use of lithium salts: guide for users and prescribers. Int J Bipolar Disord. 2019;7(1):16. doi:10.1186/s40345-019-0151-2
2. Azab AN, Shnaider A, Osher Y, et al. Lithium nephrotoxicity. Int J Bipolar Disord. 2015;3(1):28. doi:10.1186/s40345-015-0028-y
3. American Psychiatric Association. Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with bipolar disorder (revision). Am J Psychiatry. 2002;159:1-50.
4. Yatham LN, Kennedy SH, Parikh SV, et al. Canadian Network for Mood and Anxiety Treatments (CANMAT) and International Society for Bipolar Disorders (ISBD) collaborative update of CANMAT guidelines for the management of patients with bipolar disorder: update 2013. Bipolar Disord. 2013;15:1‐44. doi:10.1111/bdi.12025
5. National Collaborating Center for Mental Health (UK). Bipolar disorder: the NICE guideline on the assessment and management of bipolar disorder in adults, children and young people in primary and secondary care. The British Psychological Society and The Royal College of Psychiatrists; 2014.
6. Kupka R, Goossens P, van Bendegem M, et al. Multidisciplinaire richtlijn bipolaire stoornissen. Nederlandse Vereniging voor Psychiatrie (NVvP); 2015. Accessed August 10, 2020. http://www.nvvp.net/stream/richtlijn-bipolaire-stoornissen-2015
7. Malhi GS, Bassett D, Boyce P, et al. Royal Australian and New Zealand College of Psychiatrists clinical practice guidelines for mood disorders. Aust N Z J Psychiatry. 2015;49:1087‐1206. doi:10.1177/0004867415617657
8. Nederlof M, Heerdink ER, Egberts ACG, et al. Monitoring of patients treated with lithium for bipolar disorder: an international survey. Int J Bipolar Disord. 2018;6(1):12. doi:10.1186/s40345-018-0120-1
9. Leo RJ, Sharma M, Chrostowski DA. A case of lithium-induced symptomatic hypercalcemia. Prim Care Companion J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;12(4):PCC.09l00917. doi:10.4088/PCC.09l00917yel
10. McHenry CR, Lee K. Lithium therapy and disorders of the parathyroid glands. Endocr Pract. 1996;2(2):103-109. doi:10.4158/EP.2.2.103
11. Stahl SM. The prescribers guide: Stahl’s essential psychopharmacology. 6th ed. Cambridge University Press; 2017.
12. Kukopulos A, Reginaldi D. Variations of serum lithium concentrations correlated with the phases of manic-depressive psychosis. Agressologie. 1978;19(D):219-222.
13. Rittmannsberger H, Malsiner-Walli G. Mood-dependent changes of serum lithium concentration in a rapid cycling patient maintained on stable doses of lithium carbonate. Bipolar Disord. 2013;15(3):333-337. doi:10.1111/bdi.12066
14. Hochman E, Weizman A, Valevski A, et al. Association between bipolar episodes and fluid and electrolyte homeostasis: a retrospective longitudinal study. Bipolar Disord. 2014;16(8):781-789. doi:10.1111/bdi.12248
15. Volkmann C, Bschor T, Köhler S. Lithium treatment over the lifespan in bipolar disorders. Front Psychiatry. 2020;11:377. doi: 10.3389/fpsyt.2020.00377
16. Boltan DD, Fenves AZ. Effectiveness of normal saline diuresis in treating lithium overdose. Proc (Bayl Univ Med Cent). 2008;21(3):261-263. doi:10.1080/08998280.2008.11928407
17. Sadock BJ, Saddock VA, Ruiz P. Kaplan and Sadock’s synopsis of psychiatry. 11th ed. Wolters Kluwer; 2014.
18. Tighe SK, Mahon PB, Potash JB. Predictors of lithium response in bipolar disorder. Ther Adv Chronic Dis. 2011;2(3):209-226. doi:10.1177/2040622311399173
19. Cipriani A, Barbui C, Salanti G, et al. Comparative efficacy and acceptability of antimanic drugs in acute mania: a multiple-treatments meta-analysis. Lancet. 2011;378(9799):1306-1315. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(11)60873-8
20. Smith LA, Cornelius V, Tacchi MJ, et al. Acute bipolar mania: a systematic review and meta-analysis of co-therapy vs monotherapy. Acta Psychiatr Scand. 2016;115(1):12-20. doi:10.1111/j.1600-0447.2006.00912.x
21. Nolen WA, Licht RW, Young AH, et al; ISBD/IGSLI Task Force on the treatment with lithium. What is the optimal serum level for lithium in the maintenance treatment of bipolar disorder? A systematic review and recommendations from the ISBD/IGSLI Task Force on treatment with lithium. Bipolar Disord. 2019;21(5):394-409. doi:10.1111/bdi.12805
22. Maj M, Starace F, Nolfe G, et al. Minimum plasma lithium levels required for effective prophylaxis in DSM III bipolar disorder: a prospective study. Pharmacopsychiatry. 1986;19(6):420-423. doi:10.1055/s-2007-1017280
23. Gupta S, Kripalani M, Khastgir U, et al. Management of the renal adverse effects of lithium. Advances in Psychiatric Treatment. 2013;19(6):457-466. doi:10.1192/apt.bp.112.010306
24. Gitlin M. Lithium and the kidney: an updated review. Drug Saf. 1999;20(3):231-243. doi:10.2165/00002018-199920030-00004
25. Jefferson JW. A clinician’s guide to monitoring kidney function in lithium-treated patients. J Clin Psychiatry. 2010;71(9):1153-1157. doi:10.4088/JCP.09m05917yel
26. Shah VC, Kayathi P, Singh G, et al. Enhance your understanding of lithium neurotoxicity. Prim Care Companion CNS Disord. 2015;17(3):10.4088/PCC.14l01767. doi:10.4088/PCC.14l01767
27. Netto I, Phutane VH. Reversible lithium neurotoxicity: review of the literature. Prim Care Companion CNS Disord. 2012;14(1):PCC.11r01197. doi:10.4088/PCC.11r01197
28. Mohandas E, Rajmohan V. Lithium use in special populations. Indian J Psychiatry. 2007;49(3):211-218. doi:10.4103/0019-5545.37325
29. Gupta S, Khastgir U. Drug information update. Lithium and chronic kidney disease: debates and dilemmas. BJPsych Bull. 2017;41(4):216-220. doi:10.1192/pb.bp.116.054031
30. Post RM. Preventing the malignant transformation of bipolar disorder. JAMA. 2018;319(12):1197-1198. doi:10.1001/jama.2018.0322
31. Timmer RT, Sands JM. Lithium intoxication. J Am Soc Nephrol. 1999;10(3):666-674.
32. Demers RG, Heninger GR. Sodium intake and lithium treatment in mania. Am J Psychiatry. 1971;128(1):100-104. doi:10.1176/ajp.128.1.100
33. Hedya SA, Avula A, Swoboda HD. Lithium toxicity. In: StatPearls. StatPearls Publishing; 2020.
Today’s psychiatric neuroscience advances were science fiction during my residency
During my residency training years, I had many rosy and bold dreams about the future of psychiatry, hoping for many breakthroughs.
Early on, I decided to pursue an academic career, and specifically to focus on the neurobiology of schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, and other psychoses. I secured a neuroscience mentor, conducted a research project, and presented my findings at the American Psychiatric Association Annual Meeting. Although at the time everyone used the term “functional” to describe mental illnesses, I was convinced that they were all neurologic conditions, with prominent psychiatric manifestations. And I have been proven right.
After my residency, I eagerly pursued a neuroscience fellowship at the National Institutes of Health. My fantasy was that during my career as a psychiatric neuroscientist, brain exploration would uncover the many mysteries of psychiatric disorders. I was insightful enough to recognize that what I envisioned for the future of psychiatry qualified as science fiction, but I never stopped dreaming.
Today, the advances in psychiatric neuroscience that were unimaginable during my residency have become dazzling discoveries. My journey as a psychiatric neuroscientist has been more thrilling than I ever imagined. I recall doing postmortem research on the brains of hundreds of deceased psychiatric patients, noticing sulci widening and ventricular dilatation, and wondering whether one day we would be able to detect those atrophic changes while the patients were alive. Although I measured those changes in postmortem brains, I was cognizant that due to preservation artifacts, such measurements were less reliable than measurements of living brains.
And then the advent of neuroimaging fulfilled my fantasies. This began towards the end of my fellowship, and has exploded with neurobiologic findings throughout my academic career. Then came dramatic methodologies to probe brain molecular and cellular pathologies, followed by breakthrough clinical advances. Entirely new vistas of research into psychiatric brain disorders are opening every day. The exhilaration will never end!
From science fiction to clinical reality
Here is a quick outline of some of the “science fiction” of psychiatry that has come true since my training days. Back then, these discoveries were completely absent from the radar screen of psychiatry, when it was still a fledgling medical specialty struggling to emerge from the dominant yet nonempirical era of psychoanalysis.
Brain exploration methods. Unprecedented breakthroughs in computer technology have allowed psychiatric neuroscientists to create a new field of neuroimaging research that includes:
- cerebral blood flow (CBF)
- position emission tomography (PET)
- single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT).
Continue to: These functional neuroimaging...
These functional neuroimaging methods (using ionizing radiation) have enabled clinicians to see abnormal blood flow patterns in the brains of living patients. One of the earliest findings was hypofrontality in patients with schizophrenia, implicating frontal pathology in this severe brain disorder. PET was also used for dopamine and serotonin receptor imaging.
Computerized axia tomography. Compared with skull X-rays, CT (“CAT”) scans provided a more detailed view of brain tissue, and began a structural neuroimaging revolution that enriched psychiatric research, but also was applied to organs other than the brain.
Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) became the “big kahuna” of neuroimaging when arrived in the early 1980s and quickly supplanted CT research because it is safer (no ionizing radiation, and it can be repeated multiple times with or without tasks). It also provided exquisite neuroanatomical details of brain tissue with stunning fidelity. Subsequently, several MRI techniques/software programs were developed that advanced research in psychiatry to multiple new frontiers, including:
- Morphological neuroimaging with MRI
- Magnetic resonance spectroscopy (MRS), which acts like a living, noninvasive biopsy of several chemicals (such as choline, lactate, glutamine, adenosine triphosphate, and the neuronal marker N-acetylcysteine) in a small volume (≤1 cc) of neural tissue in various regions
- Functional MRI (fMRI), which measures blood flow changes during actual or imagined tasks in the brains of patients vs healthy controls
- Diffusion tensor imaging (DTI), which evaluates the integrity of white matter (60% of brain volume, including 137,000 miles of myelinated fibers) by measuring the flow of water inside myelinated fibers (anisotropy and diffusivity). DTI of the corpus callosum, the largest brain commissure that is comprised of 200 million interhemispheric fibers, has revealed many abnormalities. This was one of the structures I investigated during my fellowship, including a histopathological study.1
All 4 of these neuroimaging techniques continue to generate a wealth of data about brain structure and function in psychosis, mood disorders, anxiety disorders, borderline personality disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, eating disorders, and substance use disorders. All these discoveries were utterly impossible to predict during my residency. I am proud to have published the first reports in the literature of ventricular enlargement in patients with bipolar disorder,2 cortical atrophy in schizophrenia and mania,3 reductions of hippocampal volume in patients with schizophrenia using MRS,4 and progressive brain atrophy in patients with schizophrenia.5 It is especially gratifying that I played a small role in translating my science fiction fantasies into clinical reality!
Other breakthrough methodologies that are advancing psychiatric neuroscience today but were science fiction during my residency days include:
- Pluripotent stem cells, which enable the de-differentiation of adult skin cells and then re-differentiating them into any type of cell, including neurons. This allows researchers to conduct studies on any patient’s brain cells without needing to do an invasive, high-risk brain biopsy. As a young resident, I would never have predicted that this virtual brain biopsy would be possible!
- Optogenetics, which enables controlling cell behavior using light and genetically encoded light-sensitive proteins. This triggered a cornucopia of neuroscience discoveries by using optogenetics to modulate cell-signaling cascades to understand cellular biology. Halorhodopsin and bacteriorhodopsin are used as tools to turn neurons off or on rapidly and safely.
- Genome-wide association studies (GWAS) have revolutionized the field of molecular neurogenetics and are enabling clinicians to detect risk genes by comparing the DNA samples of thousands of psychiatric patients with thousands of healthy controls. This is how several hundred risk genes have been identified for schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, autism spectrum disorder, and more to come.
- Clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats (CRISPR) is a remarkable genetic “scissors” (that earned its inventors the 2020 Nobel Prize) that allows splicing out a disease gene and splicing in a normal gene. This will have an enormous future application in preventing an adulthood illness at its roots during fetal life. The future medical implications for psychiatric disorders are prodigious!
Continue to: Clinical advances
Clinical advances. Many therapies or approaches that did not exist during my residency (and how I dreamed about them back then!) are available to today’s clinicians. These include:
- Rapid-acting antidepressants that reverse severe and chronic depression and suicidal urges within a few hours or a couple of days. As a resident, I waited for weeks or months to see patients with depression reach the full remission that is now achieved practically the same day with IV ketamine, intranasal esketamine, IV scopolamine, and inhalable nitrous oxide. During my residency, the closest thing we had to a rapid-acting treatment for depression was electroconvulsive therapy (ECT), but that usually took 2 to 3 weeks. Psychiatric clinicians should never cease to appreciate how an intractable, treatment-refractory depression can rapidly be turned off like a light switch, restoring normal mood to desperately ill persons.
- Neuromodulation techniques are flourishing. Beyond ECT, transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS), vagus nerve stimulation (VNS), transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS), deep brain stimulation (DBS), low field magnetic stimulation (LFMS), magnetic seizure therapy (MST), near-infrared radiation (NIR), and focused ultrasound (FUS) are approved or under development, offering millions of patients with various neuropsychiatric disorders potential recovery not with pharmacotherapy, but via a brain-targeted approach.
- Telepsychiatry. Now taken for granted during the COVID-19 pandemic, telepsychiatry was completely unimaginable during my residency. Yes, we had phones, but not smartphones! The only “zoom” we knew was the furious sound of a sports car engine! To be able to see and evaluate a patient literally anywhere in the world was science fiction personified! Increased remote access to psychiatric care by patients everywhere is a truly remarkable advance that helped avoid a disastrous lack of psychiatric treatment during the current pandemic that brought in-person interactions between psychiatric physicians and their patients to a screeching halt.
- Neurobiologic effects of psychotherapy. Viewing psychotherapy as a neurobiologic treatment was totally unknown and unimaginable during my residency. I was heavily trained in various types of psychotherapies, but not once did any of my supervisors mention experiential neuroplasticity as a brain-altering process, or that psychotherapy changes brain structure, induces experimental neuroplasticity, and induces billions of dendritic spines in patients’ cortex and limbic structures, helping them connect the dots and develop new insights. No one knew that psychotherapy can mimic the neural effects of pharmacotherapy.
- Immunomodulatory effects of psychotherapy. It was completely unknown that psychotherapies such as cognitive-behavioral therapy can lower levels of inflammatory biomarkers in patients’ CSF and serum. Back then, no one imagined that psychotherapy had immunomodulatory effects. These discoveries are revolutionary for us psychiatrists and confirm the neurobiologic mechanisms of psychotherapy for every patient we treat.
- Epigenetics. This was rarely, if ever, mentioned when I was a resident. We knew from clinical studies that children who were abused or neglected often develop severe mood or psychotic disorders in adulthood. But we did not know that trauma modifies some genes via under- or overexpression, and that such epigenetic changes alter brain development towards psychopathology. The mysteries of psychiatric brain disorders generated by childhood trauma have been clarified by advances in epigenetics.
Aspirational, futuristic therapies. Even now, as a seasoned psychiatric neuroscientist, I continue to dream. Research is providing many clues for potentially radical psychiatric treatments that go beyond standard antipsychotics, antidepressants, mood stabilizers, or anxiolytics. But today, I fully expect that scientific dreams eventually come true through research. For example, the following neuroscientific therapeutics strategies may someday become routine in clinical practice:
- microglia inhibition
- mitochondria repair
- anti-apoptotic therapy
- white matter connectivity restoration
- neuroprotection (enhancing neurogenesis, increasing neurotropic factors, and enhancing synaptogenesis)
- reverse glutamate N-methyl-
d -aspartate hypofunction - prevent amyloid formation.
Data analysis breakthroughs. Side-by-side with the explosion of new findings and amassing mountains of data in psychiatric neuroscience, unprecedented and revolutionary data-management techniques have emerged to facilitate the herculean task of data analysis to extract the mythical needle in a haystack and derive the overall impact of masses of data. These techniques, whose names were not in our vocabulary during my residency days, include:
- machine learning
- artificial intelligence
- deep learning
- big data.
With the help of powerful computers and ingenious software, discovering critical nuggets of knowledge about the brain and predicting the best approaches to healing dysfunctional brains are now possible. Those powerful methods of analyzing massive data are the vehicles for transforming science fiction to reality by assembling the jigsaw puzzle(s) of the human brain, arguably the last frontier in medical science.
My life experiences as a psychiatric neuroscientist have convinced me that nothing is beyond the reach of scientific research. Unraveling the divine brain’s complexities will eventually become reality. So, let us never stop dreaming and fantasizing!
1. Nasrallah HA, McCalley-Whitters M, Bigelow LB, et al. A histological study of the corpus callosum in chronic schizophrenia. Psychiatry Res. 1983;8(4):251-260.
2. Nasrallah HA, McCalley-Whitters M, Jacoby CG. Cerebral ventricular enlargement in young manic males. A controlled CT study. J Affect Disord. 1982;4(1):15-19.
3. Nasrallah HA, McCalley-Whitters M, Jacoby CG. Cortical atrophy in schizophrenia and mania: a comparative CT study. J Clin Psychiatry. 1982;43(11):439-441.
4. Nasrallah HA, Skinner TE, Schmalbrock P, et al. Proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy (1H MRS) of the hippocampal formation in schizophrenia: a pilot study. Br J Psychiatry. 1994;165(4):481-485.
5. Nasrallah HA, Olson SC, McCalley-Whitters M, et al. Cerebral ventricular enlargement in schizophrenia. A preliminary follow-up study. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1986;43(2):157-159.
During my residency training years, I had many rosy and bold dreams about the future of psychiatry, hoping for many breakthroughs.
Early on, I decided to pursue an academic career, and specifically to focus on the neurobiology of schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, and other psychoses. I secured a neuroscience mentor, conducted a research project, and presented my findings at the American Psychiatric Association Annual Meeting. Although at the time everyone used the term “functional” to describe mental illnesses, I was convinced that they were all neurologic conditions, with prominent psychiatric manifestations. And I have been proven right.
After my residency, I eagerly pursued a neuroscience fellowship at the National Institutes of Health. My fantasy was that during my career as a psychiatric neuroscientist, brain exploration would uncover the many mysteries of psychiatric disorders. I was insightful enough to recognize that what I envisioned for the future of psychiatry qualified as science fiction, but I never stopped dreaming.
Today, the advances in psychiatric neuroscience that were unimaginable during my residency have become dazzling discoveries. My journey as a psychiatric neuroscientist has been more thrilling than I ever imagined. I recall doing postmortem research on the brains of hundreds of deceased psychiatric patients, noticing sulci widening and ventricular dilatation, and wondering whether one day we would be able to detect those atrophic changes while the patients were alive. Although I measured those changes in postmortem brains, I was cognizant that due to preservation artifacts, such measurements were less reliable than measurements of living brains.
And then the advent of neuroimaging fulfilled my fantasies. This began towards the end of my fellowship, and has exploded with neurobiologic findings throughout my academic career. Then came dramatic methodologies to probe brain molecular and cellular pathologies, followed by breakthrough clinical advances. Entirely new vistas of research into psychiatric brain disorders are opening every day. The exhilaration will never end!
From science fiction to clinical reality
Here is a quick outline of some of the “science fiction” of psychiatry that has come true since my training days. Back then, these discoveries were completely absent from the radar screen of psychiatry, when it was still a fledgling medical specialty struggling to emerge from the dominant yet nonempirical era of psychoanalysis.
Brain exploration methods. Unprecedented breakthroughs in computer technology have allowed psychiatric neuroscientists to create a new field of neuroimaging research that includes:
- cerebral blood flow (CBF)
- position emission tomography (PET)
- single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT).
Continue to: These functional neuroimaging...
These functional neuroimaging methods (using ionizing radiation) have enabled clinicians to see abnormal blood flow patterns in the brains of living patients. One of the earliest findings was hypofrontality in patients with schizophrenia, implicating frontal pathology in this severe brain disorder. PET was also used for dopamine and serotonin receptor imaging.
Computerized axia tomography. Compared with skull X-rays, CT (“CAT”) scans provided a more detailed view of brain tissue, and began a structural neuroimaging revolution that enriched psychiatric research, but also was applied to organs other than the brain.
Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) became the “big kahuna” of neuroimaging when arrived in the early 1980s and quickly supplanted CT research because it is safer (no ionizing radiation, and it can be repeated multiple times with or without tasks). It also provided exquisite neuroanatomical details of brain tissue with stunning fidelity. Subsequently, several MRI techniques/software programs were developed that advanced research in psychiatry to multiple new frontiers, including:
- Morphological neuroimaging with MRI
- Magnetic resonance spectroscopy (MRS), which acts like a living, noninvasive biopsy of several chemicals (such as choline, lactate, glutamine, adenosine triphosphate, and the neuronal marker N-acetylcysteine) in a small volume (≤1 cc) of neural tissue in various regions
- Functional MRI (fMRI), which measures blood flow changes during actual or imagined tasks in the brains of patients vs healthy controls
- Diffusion tensor imaging (DTI), which evaluates the integrity of white matter (60% of brain volume, including 137,000 miles of myelinated fibers) by measuring the flow of water inside myelinated fibers (anisotropy and diffusivity). DTI of the corpus callosum, the largest brain commissure that is comprised of 200 million interhemispheric fibers, has revealed many abnormalities. This was one of the structures I investigated during my fellowship, including a histopathological study.1
All 4 of these neuroimaging techniques continue to generate a wealth of data about brain structure and function in psychosis, mood disorders, anxiety disorders, borderline personality disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, eating disorders, and substance use disorders. All these discoveries were utterly impossible to predict during my residency. I am proud to have published the first reports in the literature of ventricular enlargement in patients with bipolar disorder,2 cortical atrophy in schizophrenia and mania,3 reductions of hippocampal volume in patients with schizophrenia using MRS,4 and progressive brain atrophy in patients with schizophrenia.5 It is especially gratifying that I played a small role in translating my science fiction fantasies into clinical reality!
Other breakthrough methodologies that are advancing psychiatric neuroscience today but were science fiction during my residency days include:
- Pluripotent stem cells, which enable the de-differentiation of adult skin cells and then re-differentiating them into any type of cell, including neurons. This allows researchers to conduct studies on any patient’s brain cells without needing to do an invasive, high-risk brain biopsy. As a young resident, I would never have predicted that this virtual brain biopsy would be possible!
- Optogenetics, which enables controlling cell behavior using light and genetically encoded light-sensitive proteins. This triggered a cornucopia of neuroscience discoveries by using optogenetics to modulate cell-signaling cascades to understand cellular biology. Halorhodopsin and bacteriorhodopsin are used as tools to turn neurons off or on rapidly and safely.
- Genome-wide association studies (GWAS) have revolutionized the field of molecular neurogenetics and are enabling clinicians to detect risk genes by comparing the DNA samples of thousands of psychiatric patients with thousands of healthy controls. This is how several hundred risk genes have been identified for schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, autism spectrum disorder, and more to come.
- Clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats (CRISPR) is a remarkable genetic “scissors” (that earned its inventors the 2020 Nobel Prize) that allows splicing out a disease gene and splicing in a normal gene. This will have an enormous future application in preventing an adulthood illness at its roots during fetal life. The future medical implications for psychiatric disorders are prodigious!
Continue to: Clinical advances
Clinical advances. Many therapies or approaches that did not exist during my residency (and how I dreamed about them back then!) are available to today’s clinicians. These include:
- Rapid-acting antidepressants that reverse severe and chronic depression and suicidal urges within a few hours or a couple of days. As a resident, I waited for weeks or months to see patients with depression reach the full remission that is now achieved practically the same day with IV ketamine, intranasal esketamine, IV scopolamine, and inhalable nitrous oxide. During my residency, the closest thing we had to a rapid-acting treatment for depression was electroconvulsive therapy (ECT), but that usually took 2 to 3 weeks. Psychiatric clinicians should never cease to appreciate how an intractable, treatment-refractory depression can rapidly be turned off like a light switch, restoring normal mood to desperately ill persons.
- Neuromodulation techniques are flourishing. Beyond ECT, transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS), vagus nerve stimulation (VNS), transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS), deep brain stimulation (DBS), low field magnetic stimulation (LFMS), magnetic seizure therapy (MST), near-infrared radiation (NIR), and focused ultrasound (FUS) are approved or under development, offering millions of patients with various neuropsychiatric disorders potential recovery not with pharmacotherapy, but via a brain-targeted approach.
- Telepsychiatry. Now taken for granted during the COVID-19 pandemic, telepsychiatry was completely unimaginable during my residency. Yes, we had phones, but not smartphones! The only “zoom” we knew was the furious sound of a sports car engine! To be able to see and evaluate a patient literally anywhere in the world was science fiction personified! Increased remote access to psychiatric care by patients everywhere is a truly remarkable advance that helped avoid a disastrous lack of psychiatric treatment during the current pandemic that brought in-person interactions between psychiatric physicians and their patients to a screeching halt.
- Neurobiologic effects of psychotherapy. Viewing psychotherapy as a neurobiologic treatment was totally unknown and unimaginable during my residency. I was heavily trained in various types of psychotherapies, but not once did any of my supervisors mention experiential neuroplasticity as a brain-altering process, or that psychotherapy changes brain structure, induces experimental neuroplasticity, and induces billions of dendritic spines in patients’ cortex and limbic structures, helping them connect the dots and develop new insights. No one knew that psychotherapy can mimic the neural effects of pharmacotherapy.
- Immunomodulatory effects of psychotherapy. It was completely unknown that psychotherapies such as cognitive-behavioral therapy can lower levels of inflammatory biomarkers in patients’ CSF and serum. Back then, no one imagined that psychotherapy had immunomodulatory effects. These discoveries are revolutionary for us psychiatrists and confirm the neurobiologic mechanisms of psychotherapy for every patient we treat.
- Epigenetics. This was rarely, if ever, mentioned when I was a resident. We knew from clinical studies that children who were abused or neglected often develop severe mood or psychotic disorders in adulthood. But we did not know that trauma modifies some genes via under- or overexpression, and that such epigenetic changes alter brain development towards psychopathology. The mysteries of psychiatric brain disorders generated by childhood trauma have been clarified by advances in epigenetics.
Aspirational, futuristic therapies. Even now, as a seasoned psychiatric neuroscientist, I continue to dream. Research is providing many clues for potentially radical psychiatric treatments that go beyond standard antipsychotics, antidepressants, mood stabilizers, or anxiolytics. But today, I fully expect that scientific dreams eventually come true through research. For example, the following neuroscientific therapeutics strategies may someday become routine in clinical practice:
- microglia inhibition
- mitochondria repair
- anti-apoptotic therapy
- white matter connectivity restoration
- neuroprotection (enhancing neurogenesis, increasing neurotropic factors, and enhancing synaptogenesis)
- reverse glutamate N-methyl-
d -aspartate hypofunction - prevent amyloid formation.
Data analysis breakthroughs. Side-by-side with the explosion of new findings and amassing mountains of data in psychiatric neuroscience, unprecedented and revolutionary data-management techniques have emerged to facilitate the herculean task of data analysis to extract the mythical needle in a haystack and derive the overall impact of masses of data. These techniques, whose names were not in our vocabulary during my residency days, include:
- machine learning
- artificial intelligence
- deep learning
- big data.
With the help of powerful computers and ingenious software, discovering critical nuggets of knowledge about the brain and predicting the best approaches to healing dysfunctional brains are now possible. Those powerful methods of analyzing massive data are the vehicles for transforming science fiction to reality by assembling the jigsaw puzzle(s) of the human brain, arguably the last frontier in medical science.
My life experiences as a psychiatric neuroscientist have convinced me that nothing is beyond the reach of scientific research. Unraveling the divine brain’s complexities will eventually become reality. So, let us never stop dreaming and fantasizing!
During my residency training years, I had many rosy and bold dreams about the future of psychiatry, hoping for many breakthroughs.
Early on, I decided to pursue an academic career, and specifically to focus on the neurobiology of schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, and other psychoses. I secured a neuroscience mentor, conducted a research project, and presented my findings at the American Psychiatric Association Annual Meeting. Although at the time everyone used the term “functional” to describe mental illnesses, I was convinced that they were all neurologic conditions, with prominent psychiatric manifestations. And I have been proven right.
After my residency, I eagerly pursued a neuroscience fellowship at the National Institutes of Health. My fantasy was that during my career as a psychiatric neuroscientist, brain exploration would uncover the many mysteries of psychiatric disorders. I was insightful enough to recognize that what I envisioned for the future of psychiatry qualified as science fiction, but I never stopped dreaming.
Today, the advances in psychiatric neuroscience that were unimaginable during my residency have become dazzling discoveries. My journey as a psychiatric neuroscientist has been more thrilling than I ever imagined. I recall doing postmortem research on the brains of hundreds of deceased psychiatric patients, noticing sulci widening and ventricular dilatation, and wondering whether one day we would be able to detect those atrophic changes while the patients were alive. Although I measured those changes in postmortem brains, I was cognizant that due to preservation artifacts, such measurements were less reliable than measurements of living brains.
And then the advent of neuroimaging fulfilled my fantasies. This began towards the end of my fellowship, and has exploded with neurobiologic findings throughout my academic career. Then came dramatic methodologies to probe brain molecular and cellular pathologies, followed by breakthrough clinical advances. Entirely new vistas of research into psychiatric brain disorders are opening every day. The exhilaration will never end!
From science fiction to clinical reality
Here is a quick outline of some of the “science fiction” of psychiatry that has come true since my training days. Back then, these discoveries were completely absent from the radar screen of psychiatry, when it was still a fledgling medical specialty struggling to emerge from the dominant yet nonempirical era of psychoanalysis.
Brain exploration methods. Unprecedented breakthroughs in computer technology have allowed psychiatric neuroscientists to create a new field of neuroimaging research that includes:
- cerebral blood flow (CBF)
- position emission tomography (PET)
- single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT).
Continue to: These functional neuroimaging...
These functional neuroimaging methods (using ionizing radiation) have enabled clinicians to see abnormal blood flow patterns in the brains of living patients. One of the earliest findings was hypofrontality in patients with schizophrenia, implicating frontal pathology in this severe brain disorder. PET was also used for dopamine and serotonin receptor imaging.
Computerized axia tomography. Compared with skull X-rays, CT (“CAT”) scans provided a more detailed view of brain tissue, and began a structural neuroimaging revolution that enriched psychiatric research, but also was applied to organs other than the brain.
Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) became the “big kahuna” of neuroimaging when arrived in the early 1980s and quickly supplanted CT research because it is safer (no ionizing radiation, and it can be repeated multiple times with or without tasks). It also provided exquisite neuroanatomical details of brain tissue with stunning fidelity. Subsequently, several MRI techniques/software programs were developed that advanced research in psychiatry to multiple new frontiers, including:
- Morphological neuroimaging with MRI
- Magnetic resonance spectroscopy (MRS), which acts like a living, noninvasive biopsy of several chemicals (such as choline, lactate, glutamine, adenosine triphosphate, and the neuronal marker N-acetylcysteine) in a small volume (≤1 cc) of neural tissue in various regions
- Functional MRI (fMRI), which measures blood flow changes during actual or imagined tasks in the brains of patients vs healthy controls
- Diffusion tensor imaging (DTI), which evaluates the integrity of white matter (60% of brain volume, including 137,000 miles of myelinated fibers) by measuring the flow of water inside myelinated fibers (anisotropy and diffusivity). DTI of the corpus callosum, the largest brain commissure that is comprised of 200 million interhemispheric fibers, has revealed many abnormalities. This was one of the structures I investigated during my fellowship, including a histopathological study.1
All 4 of these neuroimaging techniques continue to generate a wealth of data about brain structure and function in psychosis, mood disorders, anxiety disorders, borderline personality disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder, eating disorders, and substance use disorders. All these discoveries were utterly impossible to predict during my residency. I am proud to have published the first reports in the literature of ventricular enlargement in patients with bipolar disorder,2 cortical atrophy in schizophrenia and mania,3 reductions of hippocampal volume in patients with schizophrenia using MRS,4 and progressive brain atrophy in patients with schizophrenia.5 It is especially gratifying that I played a small role in translating my science fiction fantasies into clinical reality!
Other breakthrough methodologies that are advancing psychiatric neuroscience today but were science fiction during my residency days include:
- Pluripotent stem cells, which enable the de-differentiation of adult skin cells and then re-differentiating them into any type of cell, including neurons. This allows researchers to conduct studies on any patient’s brain cells without needing to do an invasive, high-risk brain biopsy. As a young resident, I would never have predicted that this virtual brain biopsy would be possible!
- Optogenetics, which enables controlling cell behavior using light and genetically encoded light-sensitive proteins. This triggered a cornucopia of neuroscience discoveries by using optogenetics to modulate cell-signaling cascades to understand cellular biology. Halorhodopsin and bacteriorhodopsin are used as tools to turn neurons off or on rapidly and safely.
- Genome-wide association studies (GWAS) have revolutionized the field of molecular neurogenetics and are enabling clinicians to detect risk genes by comparing the DNA samples of thousands of psychiatric patients with thousands of healthy controls. This is how several hundred risk genes have been identified for schizophrenia, bipolar disorder, autism spectrum disorder, and more to come.
- Clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats (CRISPR) is a remarkable genetic “scissors” (that earned its inventors the 2020 Nobel Prize) that allows splicing out a disease gene and splicing in a normal gene. This will have an enormous future application in preventing an adulthood illness at its roots during fetal life. The future medical implications for psychiatric disorders are prodigious!
Continue to: Clinical advances
Clinical advances. Many therapies or approaches that did not exist during my residency (and how I dreamed about them back then!) are available to today’s clinicians. These include:
- Rapid-acting antidepressants that reverse severe and chronic depression and suicidal urges within a few hours or a couple of days. As a resident, I waited for weeks or months to see patients with depression reach the full remission that is now achieved practically the same day with IV ketamine, intranasal esketamine, IV scopolamine, and inhalable nitrous oxide. During my residency, the closest thing we had to a rapid-acting treatment for depression was electroconvulsive therapy (ECT), but that usually took 2 to 3 weeks. Psychiatric clinicians should never cease to appreciate how an intractable, treatment-refractory depression can rapidly be turned off like a light switch, restoring normal mood to desperately ill persons.
- Neuromodulation techniques are flourishing. Beyond ECT, transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS), vagus nerve stimulation (VNS), transcranial direct current stimulation (tDCS), deep brain stimulation (DBS), low field magnetic stimulation (LFMS), magnetic seizure therapy (MST), near-infrared radiation (NIR), and focused ultrasound (FUS) are approved or under development, offering millions of patients with various neuropsychiatric disorders potential recovery not with pharmacotherapy, but via a brain-targeted approach.
- Telepsychiatry. Now taken for granted during the COVID-19 pandemic, telepsychiatry was completely unimaginable during my residency. Yes, we had phones, but not smartphones! The only “zoom” we knew was the furious sound of a sports car engine! To be able to see and evaluate a patient literally anywhere in the world was science fiction personified! Increased remote access to psychiatric care by patients everywhere is a truly remarkable advance that helped avoid a disastrous lack of psychiatric treatment during the current pandemic that brought in-person interactions between psychiatric physicians and their patients to a screeching halt.
- Neurobiologic effects of psychotherapy. Viewing psychotherapy as a neurobiologic treatment was totally unknown and unimaginable during my residency. I was heavily trained in various types of psychotherapies, but not once did any of my supervisors mention experiential neuroplasticity as a brain-altering process, or that psychotherapy changes brain structure, induces experimental neuroplasticity, and induces billions of dendritic spines in patients’ cortex and limbic structures, helping them connect the dots and develop new insights. No one knew that psychotherapy can mimic the neural effects of pharmacotherapy.
- Immunomodulatory effects of psychotherapy. It was completely unknown that psychotherapies such as cognitive-behavioral therapy can lower levels of inflammatory biomarkers in patients’ CSF and serum. Back then, no one imagined that psychotherapy had immunomodulatory effects. These discoveries are revolutionary for us psychiatrists and confirm the neurobiologic mechanisms of psychotherapy for every patient we treat.
- Epigenetics. This was rarely, if ever, mentioned when I was a resident. We knew from clinical studies that children who were abused or neglected often develop severe mood or psychotic disorders in adulthood. But we did not know that trauma modifies some genes via under- or overexpression, and that such epigenetic changes alter brain development towards psychopathology. The mysteries of psychiatric brain disorders generated by childhood trauma have been clarified by advances in epigenetics.
Aspirational, futuristic therapies. Even now, as a seasoned psychiatric neuroscientist, I continue to dream. Research is providing many clues for potentially radical psychiatric treatments that go beyond standard antipsychotics, antidepressants, mood stabilizers, or anxiolytics. But today, I fully expect that scientific dreams eventually come true through research. For example, the following neuroscientific therapeutics strategies may someday become routine in clinical practice:
- microglia inhibition
- mitochondria repair
- anti-apoptotic therapy
- white matter connectivity restoration
- neuroprotection (enhancing neurogenesis, increasing neurotropic factors, and enhancing synaptogenesis)
- reverse glutamate N-methyl-
d -aspartate hypofunction - prevent amyloid formation.
Data analysis breakthroughs. Side-by-side with the explosion of new findings and amassing mountains of data in psychiatric neuroscience, unprecedented and revolutionary data-management techniques have emerged to facilitate the herculean task of data analysis to extract the mythical needle in a haystack and derive the overall impact of masses of data. These techniques, whose names were not in our vocabulary during my residency days, include:
- machine learning
- artificial intelligence
- deep learning
- big data.
With the help of powerful computers and ingenious software, discovering critical nuggets of knowledge about the brain and predicting the best approaches to healing dysfunctional brains are now possible. Those powerful methods of analyzing massive data are the vehicles for transforming science fiction to reality by assembling the jigsaw puzzle(s) of the human brain, arguably the last frontier in medical science.
My life experiences as a psychiatric neuroscientist have convinced me that nothing is beyond the reach of scientific research. Unraveling the divine brain’s complexities will eventually become reality. So, let us never stop dreaming and fantasizing!
1. Nasrallah HA, McCalley-Whitters M, Bigelow LB, et al. A histological study of the corpus callosum in chronic schizophrenia. Psychiatry Res. 1983;8(4):251-260.
2. Nasrallah HA, McCalley-Whitters M, Jacoby CG. Cerebral ventricular enlargement in young manic males. A controlled CT study. J Affect Disord. 1982;4(1):15-19.
3. Nasrallah HA, McCalley-Whitters M, Jacoby CG. Cortical atrophy in schizophrenia and mania: a comparative CT study. J Clin Psychiatry. 1982;43(11):439-441.
4. Nasrallah HA, Skinner TE, Schmalbrock P, et al. Proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy (1H MRS) of the hippocampal formation in schizophrenia: a pilot study. Br J Psychiatry. 1994;165(4):481-485.
5. Nasrallah HA, Olson SC, McCalley-Whitters M, et al. Cerebral ventricular enlargement in schizophrenia. A preliminary follow-up study. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1986;43(2):157-159.
1. Nasrallah HA, McCalley-Whitters M, Bigelow LB, et al. A histological study of the corpus callosum in chronic schizophrenia. Psychiatry Res. 1983;8(4):251-260.
2. Nasrallah HA, McCalley-Whitters M, Jacoby CG. Cerebral ventricular enlargement in young manic males. A controlled CT study. J Affect Disord. 1982;4(1):15-19.
3. Nasrallah HA, McCalley-Whitters M, Jacoby CG. Cortical atrophy in schizophrenia and mania: a comparative CT study. J Clin Psychiatry. 1982;43(11):439-441.
4. Nasrallah HA, Skinner TE, Schmalbrock P, et al. Proton magnetic resonance spectroscopy (1H MRS) of the hippocampal formation in schizophrenia: a pilot study. Br J Psychiatry. 1994;165(4):481-485.
5. Nasrallah HA, Olson SC, McCalley-Whitters M, et al. Cerebral ventricular enlargement in schizophrenia. A preliminary follow-up study. Arch Gen Psychiatry. 1986;43(2):157-159.
Nothing up his sleeve: Decompensation after bariatric surgery
CASE Sudden-onset low mood
Mr. G, age 64, is obese (body mass index [BMI] 37 kg/m2) and has a history of schizoaffective disorder. He is recovering from a sleeve gastrectomy, a surgical weight-loss procedure in which a large portion of the stomach is removed. Seven weeks after his surgery, he experiences a sudden onset of “low mood” and fears that he will become suicidal; he has a history of suicide attempts. Mr. G calls his long-term outpatient clinic and is advised to go to the emergency department (ED).
For years, Mr. G had been stable in a group home setting, and had always been adherent to treatment and forthcoming about his medications with both his bariatric surgeon and psychiatrist. Within the last month, he had been seen at the clinic, had no psychiatric symptoms, and was recovering well from the sleeve gastrectomy.
HISTORY A stable regimen
Mr. G’s psychiatric symptoms initially developed when he was in his 20s, during a time in which he reported using “a lot of drugs.” He had multiple suicide attempts, and multiple inpatient and outpatient treatments. He was diagnosed with schizoaffective disorder.
Mr. G has been stable on medications for the last 2 years. His outpatient psychotropic regimen is divalproex sodium extended-release (ER), 2,500 mg every night at bedtime; iloperidone, 8 mg twice a day; escitalopram, 10 mg/d; and mirtazapine, 30 mg every night at bedtime.
In the group home, Mr. G spends his days socializing, studying philosophy, and writing essays. He hopes to find a job in the craftsman industry.
Mr. G’s medical history includes obesity (BMI: 37 kg/m2). Since the surgery, he has been receiving omeprazole, 40 mg/d, a proton pump inhibitor (PPI), to decrease the amount of acid in his stomach. Three weeks after surgery, he had an unremarkable postoperative outpatient psychiatry visit. Divalproex sodium ER was maintained at the pre-surgical dose of 2,500 mg/d.
EVALUATION Depressed and frightened
In the ED, Mr. G’s vitals are normal, but his serum valproic acid (VPA) level is 33.68 µg/mL (therapeutic range: 50 to 125 µg/mL), despite being compliant with treatment. Mr. G is discharged from the ED and told to follow up with his outpatient psychiatrist the next day.
Continue to: At his outpatient psychiatry appointment...
At his outpatient psychiatry appointment, Mr. G’s vital signs are normal, but he reports increasing depression and worsened mood. On mental status examination, Mr. G’s appearance is well groomed, and no agitation nor fidgeting are observed. His behavior is cooperative but somewhat disorganized. He is perseverative on “feeling so low.” He has poor eye contact, which is unusual for him. Mr. G’s speech is loud compared with his baseline. Affect is congruent to mood, which he describes as “depressed and frightened.” He is also noted to be irritable. His thought process is abstract and tangential, which is within his baseline. Mr. G’s thought content is fearful and negativistic, despite his usual positivity and optimism. He denies hallucinations and is oriented to time, place, and person. His judgment, attention, and memory are all within normal limits.
[polldaddy:10790537]
The authors’ observations
The psychiatrist rules out malingering/nonadherence due to Mr. G’s long history of treatment compliance, as evidenced by his past symptom control and therapeutic serum VPA levels. Mr. G was compliant with his postoperative appointments and has been healing well. Therefore, the treatment team believed that Mr. G’s intense and acute decompensation had to be related to a recent change. The notable changes in Mr. G’s case included his sleeve gastrectomy, and the addition of omeprazole to his medication regimen.
The treatment team observed that Mr. G had a long history of compliance with his medications and his symptoms were consistent with a low serum VPA level, which led to the conclusion that the low serum VPA level measured while he was in the ED was likely accurate. This prompted the team to consider Mr. G’s recent surgery. It is well documented that some bariatric surgeries can cause poor absorption of certain vitamins, minerals, and medications. However, Mr. G had a sleeve gastrectomy, which preserves absorption. At this point, the team considered if the patient’s recent medication change was the source of his low VPA level.
The psychiatrist concluded that the issue must have been with the addition of omeprazole because Mr. G’s sleeve gastrectomy was noneventful, he was healing well and being closely monitored by his bariatric surgeon, and this type of surgery preserves absorption. Fortunately, Mr. G was a good historian and had informed his psychiatrist about the addition of omeprazole after his sleeve gastrectomy. The psychiatrist knew acidity was important for the absorption of some medications. Although she was unsure as to whether the problem was a lack of absorption or lack of delivery, the psychiatrist knew a medication change was necessary to raise Mr. G’s serum VPA levels.
TREATMENT A change in divalproex formulation
The psychiatrist switches Mr. G’s formulation of divalproex sodium ER, 2,500 mg/d, to valproic acid immediate-release (IR) liquid capsules. He receives a total daily dose of 2,500 mg, but the dosage is split into 3 times a day. The omeprazole is continued to maintain the postoperative healing process, and he receives his other medications as well (iloperidone, 8 mg twice a day; escitalopram, 10 mg/d; and mirtazapine, 30 mg every night at bedtime).
[polldaddy:10790540]
Continue to: The authors' observations
The authors’ observations
The key component to creating a treatment plan for Mr. G centered on understanding drug metabolism and delivery. Acidity plays a role in dissolution of many medications, which led the team to surmise that the PPI, omeprazole, was the culprit. Through research, they understood that the divalproex sodium ER formulation needed a more acidic environment to dissolve, and therefore, an IR formulation was needed.
Different formulations, different characteristics
Medications can be produced in different formulations such as IR, delayed-release (DR), and ER formulations. Different formulations may contain the same medication at identical strengths; however, they may not be bioequivalent and should be titrated based on both the properties of the medication and the release type.1
Immediate-release formulations are developed to dissolve without delaying or prolonging absorption of the medication. These formulations typically include “superdisintegrants” containing croscarmellose sodium2 so that they disintegrate, de-aggregate, and/or dissolve when they come into contact with water or the gastrointestinal tract.3-7
Delayed-release formulations rely on the gastrointestinal pH to release the medication after a certain amount of time has elapsed due to the enteric coating surrounding the tablet. This enteric coating prevents gastric mucosa/gastric juices from inactivating an acid-labile medication.8
Extended-release formulations, such as the divalproex sodium ER that was originally prescribed to Mr. G, are designed to release the medication in a controlled manner over an extended period of time, and at a predetermined rate and location following administration.8-9 The advantage of this type of formulation is that it can be used to reduce dose frequency and improve adherence.10 Extended-release formulations are designed to minimize fluctuations in serum drug concentration between doses,11 thereby reducing the risk of adverse effects.12,13 A list of some common extended-release psychiatric medications is shown in the Table.
Continue to: The 5 oral formulations...
The 5 oral formulations of medications that contain valproic acid include:
- syrup
- capsule
- sprinkle
- enteric-coated delayed-release and extended-release
A parenteral form via IV is available for patients who are unable to swallow.
Absorption vs delivery
Any gastric bypass surgery can have postoperative complications, one of which can include absorption deficiencies of vitamins and minerals. Sleeve gastrectomy has the least amount of absorption-related nutritional deficiencies.14 Additionally, this procedure preserves the stomach’s ability to produce gastric acid. Therefore, regardless of formulation, there should be no initial postsurgical need to change psychotropic medication formulations. However, because VPA is related to B-vitamin deficiency, supplementation can be considered.
Omeprazole is a PPI that increases pH in the stomach and is often prescribed to promote healing of gastric surgery. However, in Mr. G’s case, omeprazole created a non-acidic environment in his stomach, which prevented the divalproex sodium ER formulation from being dissolved and the medication from being delivered. Mr. G’s absorption ability was preserved, which was confirmed by his rapid recovery and increased serum VPA levels once he was switched to the IR formulation. There is no literature supporting a recommended length of time a patient can receive omeprazole therapy for sleeve gastrectomy; this is at the surgeon’s discretion. Mr. G’s prescription for omeprazole was for 3 months.
Proper valproate dosing
In Mr. G’s case, it could be hypothesized that the VPA dosing was incorrect. For mood disorders, oral VPA dosing is 25 mg/kg/d. Mr. G lost 40 pounds, which would translate to a 450-mg reduction in dose. Despite maintaining his original dose, his serum VPA levels decreased by almost 50% and could not be attributed to trough measurement. In this case, Mr. G was prescribed a higher dose than needed given his weight loss.
Continue to: Divalproex sodium ER...
Divalproex sodium ER is a hydrophilic matrix tablet that requires a low pH to dissolve. Switching to an IR formulation bypassed the need for a low pH and the VPA was delivered and absorbed. Mr. G was always able to absorb the medication, but only when delivered. The Table lists other psychiatric medications that clinicians should be aware of that utilize similar hydrophilic matrix technology to slowly release medications through the gastrointestinal tract and also require low pH to release the medication from the tablet.
OUTCOME Stable once again
Two and a half weeks after his medication formulation is changed from divalproex sodium ER to IR, Mr. G shows improvement in his symptoms. His serum VPA level is 52 µg/mL, which is within therapeutic limits. He continues receiving his previous medications as well. He reports “feeling much better” and denies having any depressive symptoms nor anxiety. Mr. G is able to maintain eye contact, and has positive thought content, improved organization of thinking, and retained abstraction.
Bottom Line
All medication changes should be identified at each visit. Many extended-release psychiatric medications require lower pH to release the medication from the tablet. When evaluating nonresponse to psychotropic medications, anything that affects pH in the stomach should be considered.
Related Resources
- Monte SV, Russo KM, Mustafa E. Impact of sleeve gastrectomy on psychiatric medication use and symptoms. J Obes. 2018; 2018:8532602. doi: 10.1155/2018/8532602
- Qiu Y, Zhou D. Understanding design and development of modified release solid oral dosage forms. J Validation Technol. 2011;17(2):23-32.
- ObesityHelp, Inc. https://www.obesityhelp.com/medications-after-bariatric-surgery-wls/
Drug Brand Names
Bupropion • Wellbutrin, Zyban
Clonidine ER • Kapvay
Divalproex sodium extended- release tablets • Depakote ER
Escitalopram • Lexapro
Iloperidone • Fanapt
Methylphenidate ER tablet • Concerta
Methylphenidate ER capsule • Metadate, Jornay
Methylphenidate LA capsule • Ritalin LA
Mirtazapine • Remeron
Omeprazole • Prilosec, Zegerid
Paroxetine • Paxil
Valproic acid immediate- release capsules and solution • Depakene
Valproate sodium IV • Depacon
Venlafaxine • Effexor
1. Wheless JW, Phelps SJ. A clinician’s guide to oral extended-release drug delivery systems in epilepsy. J Pediatr Pharmacol Ther. 2018;23(4):277-292.
2. Jaimini M, Ranga S, Kumar A, et al. A review on immediate release drug delivery system by using design of experiment. J Drug Discov Therap. 2013;1(12):21-27.
3. Bhandari N, Kumar A, Choudhary A, et al. A review on immediate release drug delivery system. Int Res J Pharm App Sci. 2014;49(1):78-87.
4. Eatock J, Baker GA. Managing patient adherence and quality of life in epilepsy. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat. 2007;3(1):117-131.
5. Manjunath R, Davis KL, Candrilli SD, et al. Association of antiepileptic drug nonadherence with risk of seizures in adults with epilepsy. Epilepsy Behav. 2009;14(2):372-378.
6. Samsonsen C, Reimers A, Bråthen G, et al. Nonadherence to treatment causing acute hospitalizations in people with epilepsy: an observational, prospective study. Epilepsia. 2014;55(11):e125-e128. doi: 10.1111/epi.12801
7. Mangal M, Thakral S, Goswami M, et al. Superdisintegrants: an updated review. Int Pharmacy Pharmaceut Sci Res. 2012;2(2):26-35.
8. Tablets. United States Pharmacopeia. Accessed January 21, 2021. http://www.pharmacopeia.cn/v29240/usp29nf24s0_c1151s87.html
9. Holquist C, Fava W. FDA safety page: delayed- vs. extended-release Rxs. Drug Topics. Published July 23, 2007. Accessed January 21, 2021. https://www.drugtopics.com/view/fda-safety-page-delayed-release-vs-extended-release-rxs
10. Qiu Y, Zhou D. Understanding design and development of modified release solid oral dosage forms. J Validation Technol. 2011;17(2):23-32.
11. Perucca E. Extended-release formulations of antiepileptic drugs: rationale and comparative value. Epilepsy Curr. 2009;9(6):153-157.
12. Bialer M. Extended-release formulations for the treatment of epilepsy. CNS Drugs. 2007;21(9):765-774.
13. Pellock JM, Smith MC, Cloyd JC, et al. Extended-release formulations: simplifying strategies in the management of antiepileptic drug therapy. Epilepsy Behav. 2004;5(3):301-307.
14. Sarkhosh K, Birch DW, Sharma A, et al. Complications associated with laparoscopic sleeve gastrectomy for morbid obesity: a surgeon’s guide. Can J Surg 2013;56(5):347-352.
CASE Sudden-onset low mood
Mr. G, age 64, is obese (body mass index [BMI] 37 kg/m2) and has a history of schizoaffective disorder. He is recovering from a sleeve gastrectomy, a surgical weight-loss procedure in which a large portion of the stomach is removed. Seven weeks after his surgery, he experiences a sudden onset of “low mood” and fears that he will become suicidal; he has a history of suicide attempts. Mr. G calls his long-term outpatient clinic and is advised to go to the emergency department (ED).
For years, Mr. G had been stable in a group home setting, and had always been adherent to treatment and forthcoming about his medications with both his bariatric surgeon and psychiatrist. Within the last month, he had been seen at the clinic, had no psychiatric symptoms, and was recovering well from the sleeve gastrectomy.
HISTORY A stable regimen
Mr. G’s psychiatric symptoms initially developed when he was in his 20s, during a time in which he reported using “a lot of drugs.” He had multiple suicide attempts, and multiple inpatient and outpatient treatments. He was diagnosed with schizoaffective disorder.
Mr. G has been stable on medications for the last 2 years. His outpatient psychotropic regimen is divalproex sodium extended-release (ER), 2,500 mg every night at bedtime; iloperidone, 8 mg twice a day; escitalopram, 10 mg/d; and mirtazapine, 30 mg every night at bedtime.
In the group home, Mr. G spends his days socializing, studying philosophy, and writing essays. He hopes to find a job in the craftsman industry.
Mr. G’s medical history includes obesity (BMI: 37 kg/m2). Since the surgery, he has been receiving omeprazole, 40 mg/d, a proton pump inhibitor (PPI), to decrease the amount of acid in his stomach. Three weeks after surgery, he had an unremarkable postoperative outpatient psychiatry visit. Divalproex sodium ER was maintained at the pre-surgical dose of 2,500 mg/d.
EVALUATION Depressed and frightened
In the ED, Mr. G’s vitals are normal, but his serum valproic acid (VPA) level is 33.68 µg/mL (therapeutic range: 50 to 125 µg/mL), despite being compliant with treatment. Mr. G is discharged from the ED and told to follow up with his outpatient psychiatrist the next day.
Continue to: At his outpatient psychiatry appointment...
At his outpatient psychiatry appointment, Mr. G’s vital signs are normal, but he reports increasing depression and worsened mood. On mental status examination, Mr. G’s appearance is well groomed, and no agitation nor fidgeting are observed. His behavior is cooperative but somewhat disorganized. He is perseverative on “feeling so low.” He has poor eye contact, which is unusual for him. Mr. G’s speech is loud compared with his baseline. Affect is congruent to mood, which he describes as “depressed and frightened.” He is also noted to be irritable. His thought process is abstract and tangential, which is within his baseline. Mr. G’s thought content is fearful and negativistic, despite his usual positivity and optimism. He denies hallucinations and is oriented to time, place, and person. His judgment, attention, and memory are all within normal limits.
[polldaddy:10790537]
The authors’ observations
The psychiatrist rules out malingering/nonadherence due to Mr. G’s long history of treatment compliance, as evidenced by his past symptom control and therapeutic serum VPA levels. Mr. G was compliant with his postoperative appointments and has been healing well. Therefore, the treatment team believed that Mr. G’s intense and acute decompensation had to be related to a recent change. The notable changes in Mr. G’s case included his sleeve gastrectomy, and the addition of omeprazole to his medication regimen.
The treatment team observed that Mr. G had a long history of compliance with his medications and his symptoms were consistent with a low serum VPA level, which led to the conclusion that the low serum VPA level measured while he was in the ED was likely accurate. This prompted the team to consider Mr. G’s recent surgery. It is well documented that some bariatric surgeries can cause poor absorption of certain vitamins, minerals, and medications. However, Mr. G had a sleeve gastrectomy, which preserves absorption. At this point, the team considered if the patient’s recent medication change was the source of his low VPA level.
The psychiatrist concluded that the issue must have been with the addition of omeprazole because Mr. G’s sleeve gastrectomy was noneventful, he was healing well and being closely monitored by his bariatric surgeon, and this type of surgery preserves absorption. Fortunately, Mr. G was a good historian and had informed his psychiatrist about the addition of omeprazole after his sleeve gastrectomy. The psychiatrist knew acidity was important for the absorption of some medications. Although she was unsure as to whether the problem was a lack of absorption or lack of delivery, the psychiatrist knew a medication change was necessary to raise Mr. G’s serum VPA levels.
TREATMENT A change in divalproex formulation
The psychiatrist switches Mr. G’s formulation of divalproex sodium ER, 2,500 mg/d, to valproic acid immediate-release (IR) liquid capsules. He receives a total daily dose of 2,500 mg, but the dosage is split into 3 times a day. The omeprazole is continued to maintain the postoperative healing process, and he receives his other medications as well (iloperidone, 8 mg twice a day; escitalopram, 10 mg/d; and mirtazapine, 30 mg every night at bedtime).
[polldaddy:10790540]
Continue to: The authors' observations
The authors’ observations
The key component to creating a treatment plan for Mr. G centered on understanding drug metabolism and delivery. Acidity plays a role in dissolution of many medications, which led the team to surmise that the PPI, omeprazole, was the culprit. Through research, they understood that the divalproex sodium ER formulation needed a more acidic environment to dissolve, and therefore, an IR formulation was needed.
Different formulations, different characteristics
Medications can be produced in different formulations such as IR, delayed-release (DR), and ER formulations. Different formulations may contain the same medication at identical strengths; however, they may not be bioequivalent and should be titrated based on both the properties of the medication and the release type.1
Immediate-release formulations are developed to dissolve without delaying or prolonging absorption of the medication. These formulations typically include “superdisintegrants” containing croscarmellose sodium2 so that they disintegrate, de-aggregate, and/or dissolve when they come into contact with water or the gastrointestinal tract.3-7
Delayed-release formulations rely on the gastrointestinal pH to release the medication after a certain amount of time has elapsed due to the enteric coating surrounding the tablet. This enteric coating prevents gastric mucosa/gastric juices from inactivating an acid-labile medication.8
Extended-release formulations, such as the divalproex sodium ER that was originally prescribed to Mr. G, are designed to release the medication in a controlled manner over an extended period of time, and at a predetermined rate and location following administration.8-9 The advantage of this type of formulation is that it can be used to reduce dose frequency and improve adherence.10 Extended-release formulations are designed to minimize fluctuations in serum drug concentration between doses,11 thereby reducing the risk of adverse effects.12,13 A list of some common extended-release psychiatric medications is shown in the Table.
Continue to: The 5 oral formulations...
The 5 oral formulations of medications that contain valproic acid include:
- syrup
- capsule
- sprinkle
- enteric-coated delayed-release and extended-release
A parenteral form via IV is available for patients who are unable to swallow.
Absorption vs delivery
Any gastric bypass surgery can have postoperative complications, one of which can include absorption deficiencies of vitamins and minerals. Sleeve gastrectomy has the least amount of absorption-related nutritional deficiencies.14 Additionally, this procedure preserves the stomach’s ability to produce gastric acid. Therefore, regardless of formulation, there should be no initial postsurgical need to change psychotropic medication formulations. However, because VPA is related to B-vitamin deficiency, supplementation can be considered.
Omeprazole is a PPI that increases pH in the stomach and is often prescribed to promote healing of gastric surgery. However, in Mr. G’s case, omeprazole created a non-acidic environment in his stomach, which prevented the divalproex sodium ER formulation from being dissolved and the medication from being delivered. Mr. G’s absorption ability was preserved, which was confirmed by his rapid recovery and increased serum VPA levels once he was switched to the IR formulation. There is no literature supporting a recommended length of time a patient can receive omeprazole therapy for sleeve gastrectomy; this is at the surgeon’s discretion. Mr. G’s prescription for omeprazole was for 3 months.
Proper valproate dosing
In Mr. G’s case, it could be hypothesized that the VPA dosing was incorrect. For mood disorders, oral VPA dosing is 25 mg/kg/d. Mr. G lost 40 pounds, which would translate to a 450-mg reduction in dose. Despite maintaining his original dose, his serum VPA levels decreased by almost 50% and could not be attributed to trough measurement. In this case, Mr. G was prescribed a higher dose than needed given his weight loss.
Continue to: Divalproex sodium ER...
Divalproex sodium ER is a hydrophilic matrix tablet that requires a low pH to dissolve. Switching to an IR formulation bypassed the need for a low pH and the VPA was delivered and absorbed. Mr. G was always able to absorb the medication, but only when delivered. The Table lists other psychiatric medications that clinicians should be aware of that utilize similar hydrophilic matrix technology to slowly release medications through the gastrointestinal tract and also require low pH to release the medication from the tablet.
OUTCOME Stable once again
Two and a half weeks after his medication formulation is changed from divalproex sodium ER to IR, Mr. G shows improvement in his symptoms. His serum VPA level is 52 µg/mL, which is within therapeutic limits. He continues receiving his previous medications as well. He reports “feeling much better” and denies having any depressive symptoms nor anxiety. Mr. G is able to maintain eye contact, and has positive thought content, improved organization of thinking, and retained abstraction.
Bottom Line
All medication changes should be identified at each visit. Many extended-release psychiatric medications require lower pH to release the medication from the tablet. When evaluating nonresponse to psychotropic medications, anything that affects pH in the stomach should be considered.
Related Resources
- Monte SV, Russo KM, Mustafa E. Impact of sleeve gastrectomy on psychiatric medication use and symptoms. J Obes. 2018; 2018:8532602. doi: 10.1155/2018/8532602
- Qiu Y, Zhou D. Understanding design and development of modified release solid oral dosage forms. J Validation Technol. 2011;17(2):23-32.
- ObesityHelp, Inc. https://www.obesityhelp.com/medications-after-bariatric-surgery-wls/
Drug Brand Names
Bupropion • Wellbutrin, Zyban
Clonidine ER • Kapvay
Divalproex sodium extended- release tablets • Depakote ER
Escitalopram • Lexapro
Iloperidone • Fanapt
Methylphenidate ER tablet • Concerta
Methylphenidate ER capsule • Metadate, Jornay
Methylphenidate LA capsule • Ritalin LA
Mirtazapine • Remeron
Omeprazole • Prilosec, Zegerid
Paroxetine • Paxil
Valproic acid immediate- release capsules and solution • Depakene
Valproate sodium IV • Depacon
Venlafaxine • Effexor
CASE Sudden-onset low mood
Mr. G, age 64, is obese (body mass index [BMI] 37 kg/m2) and has a history of schizoaffective disorder. He is recovering from a sleeve gastrectomy, a surgical weight-loss procedure in which a large portion of the stomach is removed. Seven weeks after his surgery, he experiences a sudden onset of “low mood” and fears that he will become suicidal; he has a history of suicide attempts. Mr. G calls his long-term outpatient clinic and is advised to go to the emergency department (ED).
For years, Mr. G had been stable in a group home setting, and had always been adherent to treatment and forthcoming about his medications with both his bariatric surgeon and psychiatrist. Within the last month, he had been seen at the clinic, had no psychiatric symptoms, and was recovering well from the sleeve gastrectomy.
HISTORY A stable regimen
Mr. G’s psychiatric symptoms initially developed when he was in his 20s, during a time in which he reported using “a lot of drugs.” He had multiple suicide attempts, and multiple inpatient and outpatient treatments. He was diagnosed with schizoaffective disorder.
Mr. G has been stable on medications for the last 2 years. His outpatient psychotropic regimen is divalproex sodium extended-release (ER), 2,500 mg every night at bedtime; iloperidone, 8 mg twice a day; escitalopram, 10 mg/d; and mirtazapine, 30 mg every night at bedtime.
In the group home, Mr. G spends his days socializing, studying philosophy, and writing essays. He hopes to find a job in the craftsman industry.
Mr. G’s medical history includes obesity (BMI: 37 kg/m2). Since the surgery, he has been receiving omeprazole, 40 mg/d, a proton pump inhibitor (PPI), to decrease the amount of acid in his stomach. Three weeks after surgery, he had an unremarkable postoperative outpatient psychiatry visit. Divalproex sodium ER was maintained at the pre-surgical dose of 2,500 mg/d.
EVALUATION Depressed and frightened
In the ED, Mr. G’s vitals are normal, but his serum valproic acid (VPA) level is 33.68 µg/mL (therapeutic range: 50 to 125 µg/mL), despite being compliant with treatment. Mr. G is discharged from the ED and told to follow up with his outpatient psychiatrist the next day.
Continue to: At his outpatient psychiatry appointment...
At his outpatient psychiatry appointment, Mr. G’s vital signs are normal, but he reports increasing depression and worsened mood. On mental status examination, Mr. G’s appearance is well groomed, and no agitation nor fidgeting are observed. His behavior is cooperative but somewhat disorganized. He is perseverative on “feeling so low.” He has poor eye contact, which is unusual for him. Mr. G’s speech is loud compared with his baseline. Affect is congruent to mood, which he describes as “depressed and frightened.” He is also noted to be irritable. His thought process is abstract and tangential, which is within his baseline. Mr. G’s thought content is fearful and negativistic, despite his usual positivity and optimism. He denies hallucinations and is oriented to time, place, and person. His judgment, attention, and memory are all within normal limits.
[polldaddy:10790537]
The authors’ observations
The psychiatrist rules out malingering/nonadherence due to Mr. G’s long history of treatment compliance, as evidenced by his past symptom control and therapeutic serum VPA levels. Mr. G was compliant with his postoperative appointments and has been healing well. Therefore, the treatment team believed that Mr. G’s intense and acute decompensation had to be related to a recent change. The notable changes in Mr. G’s case included his sleeve gastrectomy, and the addition of omeprazole to his medication regimen.
The treatment team observed that Mr. G had a long history of compliance with his medications and his symptoms were consistent with a low serum VPA level, which led to the conclusion that the low serum VPA level measured while he was in the ED was likely accurate. This prompted the team to consider Mr. G’s recent surgery. It is well documented that some bariatric surgeries can cause poor absorption of certain vitamins, minerals, and medications. However, Mr. G had a sleeve gastrectomy, which preserves absorption. At this point, the team considered if the patient’s recent medication change was the source of his low VPA level.
The psychiatrist concluded that the issue must have been with the addition of omeprazole because Mr. G’s sleeve gastrectomy was noneventful, he was healing well and being closely monitored by his bariatric surgeon, and this type of surgery preserves absorption. Fortunately, Mr. G was a good historian and had informed his psychiatrist about the addition of omeprazole after his sleeve gastrectomy. The psychiatrist knew acidity was important for the absorption of some medications. Although she was unsure as to whether the problem was a lack of absorption or lack of delivery, the psychiatrist knew a medication change was necessary to raise Mr. G’s serum VPA levels.
TREATMENT A change in divalproex formulation
The psychiatrist switches Mr. G’s formulation of divalproex sodium ER, 2,500 mg/d, to valproic acid immediate-release (IR) liquid capsules. He receives a total daily dose of 2,500 mg, but the dosage is split into 3 times a day. The omeprazole is continued to maintain the postoperative healing process, and he receives his other medications as well (iloperidone, 8 mg twice a day; escitalopram, 10 mg/d; and mirtazapine, 30 mg every night at bedtime).
[polldaddy:10790540]
Continue to: The authors' observations
The authors’ observations
The key component to creating a treatment plan for Mr. G centered on understanding drug metabolism and delivery. Acidity plays a role in dissolution of many medications, which led the team to surmise that the PPI, omeprazole, was the culprit. Through research, they understood that the divalproex sodium ER formulation needed a more acidic environment to dissolve, and therefore, an IR formulation was needed.
Different formulations, different characteristics
Medications can be produced in different formulations such as IR, delayed-release (DR), and ER formulations. Different formulations may contain the same medication at identical strengths; however, they may not be bioequivalent and should be titrated based on both the properties of the medication and the release type.1
Immediate-release formulations are developed to dissolve without delaying or prolonging absorption of the medication. These formulations typically include “superdisintegrants” containing croscarmellose sodium2 so that they disintegrate, de-aggregate, and/or dissolve when they come into contact with water or the gastrointestinal tract.3-7
Delayed-release formulations rely on the gastrointestinal pH to release the medication after a certain amount of time has elapsed due to the enteric coating surrounding the tablet. This enteric coating prevents gastric mucosa/gastric juices from inactivating an acid-labile medication.8
Extended-release formulations, such as the divalproex sodium ER that was originally prescribed to Mr. G, are designed to release the medication in a controlled manner over an extended period of time, and at a predetermined rate and location following administration.8-9 The advantage of this type of formulation is that it can be used to reduce dose frequency and improve adherence.10 Extended-release formulations are designed to minimize fluctuations in serum drug concentration between doses,11 thereby reducing the risk of adverse effects.12,13 A list of some common extended-release psychiatric medications is shown in the Table.
Continue to: The 5 oral formulations...
The 5 oral formulations of medications that contain valproic acid include:
- syrup
- capsule
- sprinkle
- enteric-coated delayed-release and extended-release
A parenteral form via IV is available for patients who are unable to swallow.
Absorption vs delivery
Any gastric bypass surgery can have postoperative complications, one of which can include absorption deficiencies of vitamins and minerals. Sleeve gastrectomy has the least amount of absorption-related nutritional deficiencies.14 Additionally, this procedure preserves the stomach’s ability to produce gastric acid. Therefore, regardless of formulation, there should be no initial postsurgical need to change psychotropic medication formulations. However, because VPA is related to B-vitamin deficiency, supplementation can be considered.
Omeprazole is a PPI that increases pH in the stomach and is often prescribed to promote healing of gastric surgery. However, in Mr. G’s case, omeprazole created a non-acidic environment in his stomach, which prevented the divalproex sodium ER formulation from being dissolved and the medication from being delivered. Mr. G’s absorption ability was preserved, which was confirmed by his rapid recovery and increased serum VPA levels once he was switched to the IR formulation. There is no literature supporting a recommended length of time a patient can receive omeprazole therapy for sleeve gastrectomy; this is at the surgeon’s discretion. Mr. G’s prescription for omeprazole was for 3 months.
Proper valproate dosing
In Mr. G’s case, it could be hypothesized that the VPA dosing was incorrect. For mood disorders, oral VPA dosing is 25 mg/kg/d. Mr. G lost 40 pounds, which would translate to a 450-mg reduction in dose. Despite maintaining his original dose, his serum VPA levels decreased by almost 50% and could not be attributed to trough measurement. In this case, Mr. G was prescribed a higher dose than needed given his weight loss.
Continue to: Divalproex sodium ER...
Divalproex sodium ER is a hydrophilic matrix tablet that requires a low pH to dissolve. Switching to an IR formulation bypassed the need for a low pH and the VPA was delivered and absorbed. Mr. G was always able to absorb the medication, but only when delivered. The Table lists other psychiatric medications that clinicians should be aware of that utilize similar hydrophilic matrix technology to slowly release medications through the gastrointestinal tract and also require low pH to release the medication from the tablet.
OUTCOME Stable once again
Two and a half weeks after his medication formulation is changed from divalproex sodium ER to IR, Mr. G shows improvement in his symptoms. His serum VPA level is 52 µg/mL, which is within therapeutic limits. He continues receiving his previous medications as well. He reports “feeling much better” and denies having any depressive symptoms nor anxiety. Mr. G is able to maintain eye contact, and has positive thought content, improved organization of thinking, and retained abstraction.
Bottom Line
All medication changes should be identified at each visit. Many extended-release psychiatric medications require lower pH to release the medication from the tablet. When evaluating nonresponse to psychotropic medications, anything that affects pH in the stomach should be considered.
Related Resources
- Monte SV, Russo KM, Mustafa E. Impact of sleeve gastrectomy on psychiatric medication use and symptoms. J Obes. 2018; 2018:8532602. doi: 10.1155/2018/8532602
- Qiu Y, Zhou D. Understanding design and development of modified release solid oral dosage forms. J Validation Technol. 2011;17(2):23-32.
- ObesityHelp, Inc. https://www.obesityhelp.com/medications-after-bariatric-surgery-wls/
Drug Brand Names
Bupropion • Wellbutrin, Zyban
Clonidine ER • Kapvay
Divalproex sodium extended- release tablets • Depakote ER
Escitalopram • Lexapro
Iloperidone • Fanapt
Methylphenidate ER tablet • Concerta
Methylphenidate ER capsule • Metadate, Jornay
Methylphenidate LA capsule • Ritalin LA
Mirtazapine • Remeron
Omeprazole • Prilosec, Zegerid
Paroxetine • Paxil
Valproic acid immediate- release capsules and solution • Depakene
Valproate sodium IV • Depacon
Venlafaxine • Effexor
1. Wheless JW, Phelps SJ. A clinician’s guide to oral extended-release drug delivery systems in epilepsy. J Pediatr Pharmacol Ther. 2018;23(4):277-292.
2. Jaimini M, Ranga S, Kumar A, et al. A review on immediate release drug delivery system by using design of experiment. J Drug Discov Therap. 2013;1(12):21-27.
3. Bhandari N, Kumar A, Choudhary A, et al. A review on immediate release drug delivery system. Int Res J Pharm App Sci. 2014;49(1):78-87.
4. Eatock J, Baker GA. Managing patient adherence and quality of life in epilepsy. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat. 2007;3(1):117-131.
5. Manjunath R, Davis KL, Candrilli SD, et al. Association of antiepileptic drug nonadherence with risk of seizures in adults with epilepsy. Epilepsy Behav. 2009;14(2):372-378.
6. Samsonsen C, Reimers A, Bråthen G, et al. Nonadherence to treatment causing acute hospitalizations in people with epilepsy: an observational, prospective study. Epilepsia. 2014;55(11):e125-e128. doi: 10.1111/epi.12801
7. Mangal M, Thakral S, Goswami M, et al. Superdisintegrants: an updated review. Int Pharmacy Pharmaceut Sci Res. 2012;2(2):26-35.
8. Tablets. United States Pharmacopeia. Accessed January 21, 2021. http://www.pharmacopeia.cn/v29240/usp29nf24s0_c1151s87.html
9. Holquist C, Fava W. FDA safety page: delayed- vs. extended-release Rxs. Drug Topics. Published July 23, 2007. Accessed January 21, 2021. https://www.drugtopics.com/view/fda-safety-page-delayed-release-vs-extended-release-rxs
10. Qiu Y, Zhou D. Understanding design and development of modified release solid oral dosage forms. J Validation Technol. 2011;17(2):23-32.
11. Perucca E. Extended-release formulations of antiepileptic drugs: rationale and comparative value. Epilepsy Curr. 2009;9(6):153-157.
12. Bialer M. Extended-release formulations for the treatment of epilepsy. CNS Drugs. 2007;21(9):765-774.
13. Pellock JM, Smith MC, Cloyd JC, et al. Extended-release formulations: simplifying strategies in the management of antiepileptic drug therapy. Epilepsy Behav. 2004;5(3):301-307.
14. Sarkhosh K, Birch DW, Sharma A, et al. Complications associated with laparoscopic sleeve gastrectomy for morbid obesity: a surgeon’s guide. Can J Surg 2013;56(5):347-352.
1. Wheless JW, Phelps SJ. A clinician’s guide to oral extended-release drug delivery systems in epilepsy. J Pediatr Pharmacol Ther. 2018;23(4):277-292.
2. Jaimini M, Ranga S, Kumar A, et al. A review on immediate release drug delivery system by using design of experiment. J Drug Discov Therap. 2013;1(12):21-27.
3. Bhandari N, Kumar A, Choudhary A, et al. A review on immediate release drug delivery system. Int Res J Pharm App Sci. 2014;49(1):78-87.
4. Eatock J, Baker GA. Managing patient adherence and quality of life in epilepsy. Neuropsychiatr Dis Treat. 2007;3(1):117-131.
5. Manjunath R, Davis KL, Candrilli SD, et al. Association of antiepileptic drug nonadherence with risk of seizures in adults with epilepsy. Epilepsy Behav. 2009;14(2):372-378.
6. Samsonsen C, Reimers A, Bråthen G, et al. Nonadherence to treatment causing acute hospitalizations in people with epilepsy: an observational, prospective study. Epilepsia. 2014;55(11):e125-e128. doi: 10.1111/epi.12801
7. Mangal M, Thakral S, Goswami M, et al. Superdisintegrants: an updated review. Int Pharmacy Pharmaceut Sci Res. 2012;2(2):26-35.
8. Tablets. United States Pharmacopeia. Accessed January 21, 2021. http://www.pharmacopeia.cn/v29240/usp29nf24s0_c1151s87.html
9. Holquist C, Fava W. FDA safety page: delayed- vs. extended-release Rxs. Drug Topics. Published July 23, 2007. Accessed January 21, 2021. https://www.drugtopics.com/view/fda-safety-page-delayed-release-vs-extended-release-rxs
10. Qiu Y, Zhou D. Understanding design and development of modified release solid oral dosage forms. J Validation Technol. 2011;17(2):23-32.
11. Perucca E. Extended-release formulations of antiepileptic drugs: rationale and comparative value. Epilepsy Curr. 2009;9(6):153-157.
12. Bialer M. Extended-release formulations for the treatment of epilepsy. CNS Drugs. 2007;21(9):765-774.
13. Pellock JM, Smith MC, Cloyd JC, et al. Extended-release formulations: simplifying strategies in the management of antiepileptic drug therapy. Epilepsy Behav. 2004;5(3):301-307.
14. Sarkhosh K, Birch DW, Sharma A, et al. Complications associated with laparoscopic sleeve gastrectomy for morbid obesity: a surgeon’s guide. Can J Surg 2013;56(5):347-352.
Steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms: What you need to know
Ms. N, age 30, presents to the emergency department for altered mental status, insomnia, and behavioral changes, which she has experienced for 1 week. On evaluation, she grabs a clinician’s hand and details her business ideas and life story with no prompting. Ms. N’s mental status examination is significant for hyperverbal speech with increased rate and volume; tangential thought process; and bright, expanded affect.
One week earlier, Ms. N was hospitalized for sudden-onset chest pain, weakness, and dizziness. She received 45 minutes of cardiopulmonary resuscitation prior to presentation and was found to have a ST-segment elevation myocardial infarction that required emergent left anterior descending coronary artery and right coronary artery percutaneous coronary intervention to place drug-eluting stents. Her recovery was complicated by acute cardiogenic shock, pulmonary edema, and hypoxic respiratory failure. Subsequently, she was intubated, admitted to the ICU, and received high-dose corticosteroids, including IV methylprednisolone, 40 mg every 12 hours, which was tapered prior to discharge. Her husband reports that since Ms. N came home, she has been more talkative and irritable, ruminating about past events, unable to sleep (<1 hour/night), and crying frequently. She has also been endorsing visual and auditory hallucinations, with increased praying and listening to religious music.
The frequent clinical use of steroids necessitates an understanding of these medications’ various adverse effects. The manifestations of steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms are broad and can involve affective, behavioral, and cognitive domains. While the current mechanism is unknown, this phenomenon may be related to decreased levels of corticotropin, norepinephrine, and beta-endorphin immunoreactivity, as well as effects on brain regions such as the hippocampus and amygdala. The best interventions for steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms are awareness and early diagnosis. There are no FDA-approved treatments for steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms; initial measures should include tapering or discontinuing corticosteroids.
In this article, we review the literature on the incidence, characteristics, differential diagnoses, proposed mechanism, risk factors, and proposed treatments of steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms.
A wide range of presentations
Steroid use has increased over the past 2 decades, with 10% of medical and surgical inpatients and 1% to 3% of the general population taking long-term glucocorticoids.1 Even with topical application, steroid therapy is often systemically absorbed, and thus may lead to steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms. The incidence of steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms is difficult to assess because there can be a wide range of reactions that are dose- and time-related. Three reviews of a total of 122 cases reports found that an estimated 5% of patients treated with steroids experience severe psychiatric reactions.1-3
Steroid-induced psychopathology can include mood, behavioral, and/or cognitive impairments. Mania/hypomania is the most common overall psychiatric symptom; the most common mood manifestations are anxiety and depression.4,5 Other possible steroid-induced symptoms include psychosis, dementia, panic disorder, delirium, suicidal thinking and behavior, aggressive behavior, insomnia, agitation, depersonalization, and euphoria.5 The most common cognitive impairment is verbal or declarative memory deficit; others include distractibility and deficits in attention and psychomotor speed.5 These psychiatric symptoms can have a rapid onset, possibly within hours of starting steroids.1 However, studies have reported a median time to onset of 11.5 days; 39% of cases had onset during the first week and 62% within 2 weeks.3,6 After reducing or stopping the steroid, it may take days to weeks before symptoms start to subside.2
What to consider in the differential Dx
Psychiatric symptoms that are induced by steroids can mimic metabolic, neurologic, or toxic disorders. Other factors to consider include drug withdrawal/intoxication, infections, and paraneoplastic syndromes.4,5 Although there is no reported correlation between the location of neurologic lesions and the development of specific psychiatric symptoms, manic symptoms appear most commonly with lesions in the right frontal lobe. 4 Other factors to note include the presence of new-onset psychiatric illnesses such as bipolar, mood, or thought disorders,4 as well as psychosocial stressors that might be contributing to the patient’s presentation.5
Continue to: Proposed mechanisms
Proposed mechanisms
Although the exact mechanism by which steroids induce psychiatric symptoms is unknown, several mechanisms have been proposed. One hypothesis is that steroid-induced psychopathology is related to decreased levels of corticotropin, norepinephrine, and beta-endorphin immunoreactivity.4,5,7 This may explain why many patients with major depressive disorder have elevated cortisol production and/or lack of suppression of cortisol secretion during a dexamethasone stimulation test, and why approximately one-half of patients with Cushing’s disease experience depressive symptoms.8 This is also likely why antipsychotics, which typically reduce cortisol, are efficacious treatments for some steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms.9
Cognitive impairments from steroid use may be related to these agents’ effects on certain brain regions. One such area is the hippocampus, an important mediator in the creation and maintenance of episodic and declarative memories.5,8,9 Acute glucocorticoid use is associated with decreased activity in the left hippocampus, reduced hippocampal glucose metabolism, and reduced cerebral blood flow in the posterior medial temporal lobe.10 Long-term glucocorticoid exposure is associated with smaller hippocampal volume and lower levels of temporal lobe N-acetylaspartate, a marker of neuronal viability.10 Because working memory depends on the prefrontal cortex and declarative memory relies on the hippocampus, deficits in these functions can be attributed to the effect of prolonged glucocorticoid exposure on glucocorticoid or mineralocorticoid receptors in the hippocampus, reduction of hippocampal volume, or elevated glutamate accumulation in that area.11 In addition, high cortisol levels inhibit brain-derived neurotrophic factor, which plays a crucial role in maintaining neural architecture in key brain regions such as the hippocampus and prefrontal cortex.11 There is also a correlation between the duration of prednisone treatment and atrophy of the right amygdala, which is an important regulator of mood and anxiety.11 Both the hippocampus and amygdala have dense collections of glucocorticoid receptors. This may explain why patients who receive high-dose corticosteroids can have reversible atrophy in the hypothalamus and amygdala, leading to deficits in emotional learning and the stress response.
Factors that increase risk
Several factors can increase the risk of steroid-induced psychopathology. The most significant is the dose; higher doses are more likely to produce psychiatric symptoms.1,5 Concurrent use of drugs that increase circulating levels of corticosteroids, such as inhibitors of the cytochrome P450 (CYP) enzyme (eg, clarithromycin), also increases the likelihood of developing psychiatric symptoms.1,5 Risk is also increased in patients with liver or renal dysfunction.1 Cerebral spinal fluid/serum albumin ratio, a marker of blood-brain barrier damage, and low serum complement levels were also reported to be independent risk factors,12 with the thought that increased permeability of the blood-brain barrier may allow hydrophobic steroid molecules to more easily penetrate the CNS, leading to increased neuropsychiatric effects. Hypoalbuminemia is another reported risk factor, perhaps because lower levels of serum albumin are related to higher levels of free and active glucocorticoids, which are normally inactive when bound to albumin.13 There also appears to be an increased prevalence of steroid-induced psychopathology in women, perhaps due to greater propensity in women to seek medical care or a higher prevalence of women with medical disorders that are treated with steroids.5 A previous history of psychiatric disorders may not increase risk.5
Several methods for reducing risk have been proposed, including using a divided-dosing regimens that may lower peak steroid plasma concentrations.13,14 However, the best prevention of steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms are awareness, early diagnosis, and intervention. Studies have suggested that N-methyl-
Treatment options
There are no FDA-approved medications for managing steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms.1,16 Treatment is based on evidence from case reports and a few small case series (Table2-5,17,18).
Continue to: When possible, initial treatment...
When possible, initial treatment should include discontinuing or tapering corticosteroids to <40 mg/d of prednisone-equivalent.1,4,10,18 Most studies have reported rapid reversal of deficits in declarative memory and of hippocampal volume loss once corticosteroids were tapered and discontinued.1,18 One study reported that >90% of patients recovered within 6 weeks, with patients with delirium recovering more quickly (mean: 5.4 days) than those with depression, mania, or psychosis (mean: 19.3 days).3 Another found that the vast majority (92%) of patients treated only with a steroid taper achieved clinical recovery, and 84% recovered with administration of antipsychotics without a steroid taper.3 In this study, all patients who received electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) recovered, as did those who received a steroid taper plus lithium or antipsychotics. Steroid tapering regimens are especially important for patients who have received long-term glucocorticoid treatment. Patients need to be closely monitored for signs of new or increased depression, delirium, or confusion during the taper. If these symptoms occur, the patient should be checked for adrenocortical insufficiency, which can be resolved by re-administering or increasing the dosage of the glucocorticoid.10
Mania. The treatment of mania/hypomania includes mood stabilizers (valproate, lithium, lamotrigine) and antipsychotics (quetiapine, olanzapine, haloperidol).2,4,5,10,14,18 Valproate has been reported to be an effective prophylactic of corticosteroid-induced mania,2 perhaps because it dampens neuronal hyperexcitability by attenuating NMDA receptors, blocking voltage-dependent sodium channels, and inhibiting the synthesis of cortical GABAergic steroids. Starting valproate while continuing corticosteroids (if necessary) may help lessen mania.2 Benzodiazepines also may be useful on a short-term basis.
Depression. Steroid-induced depression may be treated with sertraline or other first-line antidepressants.5,14 Consider ECT for patients with severe depression. Support for the use of antipsychotic medications stems from studies that reported steroids’ role in disrupting dopamine and 5HT2 activity. Lithium also has been used successfully to manage and prevent glucocorticoid-associated affective disorder.10,18 It can be used alone or in combination with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors to alleviate depressive symptoms.10 Tricyclic antidepressants are generally avoided because their anticholinergic effects can exacerbate or worsen delirium.18 In general, ECT is an effective treatment for persistent and/or unresponsive steroid-induced depression,2,10 but may be difficult to use in patients with serious medical illnesses.
Agitation. Medications that have been proposed for treating steroid-induced agitation include benzodiazepines, haloperidol, and second-generation antipsychotics.5,17
Other considerations. Clinicians, patients, and families should discuss in detail the risks of steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms so an early diagnosis and appropriate intervention can be implemented. Before starting steroids, it is important to review the patient’s current medication list to ensure that steroid treatment is indicated, and to check for potential drug–drug interactions. In addition, the medical condition that is being treated with steroids also needs to be carefully reviewed, because certain illnesses are associated with the development of psychiatric symptoms. 5,10
Continue to: Young children...
Young children (age <6) and older adults appear to be at greater risk for cognitive and memory disturbances from steroid use.10 In addition, patients have individual levels of susceptibility to steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms that can vary over time. The risk for adverse effects may be elevated based on response to previous courses of glucocorticoid treatment.10 While gender, age, dosage, and duration of treatment influence risk, it is not possible to predict which patients will experience psychiatric effects during a given course of glucocorticoid therapy. Therefore, all patients should be considered to have the potential of developing such effects, and should be monitored during glucocorticoid treatment and withdrawal.
Goals for future research
To help reduce the severity of and cost associated with steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms,5,14 future studies should focus on controlled trials of preventative strategies. In particular, recent advances in genetic mapping may help identify involvement of certain genes or polymorphisms.5 Because current guidelines for the prevention and treatment of steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms are not evidence-based, controlled clinical trials are needed to elucidate the optimal management of such symptoms. There is much interplay between many of the proposed mechanisms of steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms, and future studies can help uncover a deeper understanding of the intricacies of this phenomenon.
CASE CONTINUED
Mrs. N is admitted for altered mental status. Medical workup includes MRI of the brain, MRI of the neck, cardiac echocardiogram, and EEG. There is no evidence of acute structural pathology. She is started on olanzapine, 10 mg/d at bedtime for manic and psychotic symptoms, and is discharged after 5 days. After 1 month, the outpatient psychiatrist gradually decreases and discontinues olanzapine as Mrs. N steadily returns to baseline. One year after discharge, Mrs. N continues to report resolution of her manic and psychotic symptoms.
Bottom Line
Steroids can induce a wide range of psychiatric symptoms, including mania/ hypomania, anxiety, and depression. Initial treatment typically includes tapering or discontinuing the steroid when possible. Other proposed treatments include certain antipsychotics, antidepressants, and other psychotropics, but the supporting evidence is largely anecdotal or based on case studies. Additional research is needed to elucidate the mechanism and treatment recommendations.
Related Resources
- Janes M, Kuster S, Goldson TM, et al. Steroid-induced psychosis. Proc (Bayl Univ Med Cent). 2019;32(4):614-615.
- Mayo Clinic. Prednisone and other corticosteroids. https://www.mayoclinic.org/steroids/art-20045692
Drug Brand Names
Haloperidol • Haldol
Lamotrigine • Lamictal
Lithium • Eskalith, Lithobid
Methylprednisolone injection • Solu-Medrol
Olanzapine • Zyprexa
Paroxetine • Paxil
Phenytoin • Dilantin
Quetiapine • Seroquel
Risperidone • Risperdal
Sertraline • Zoloft
Valproate • Depakote
1. Dubovsky AN, Arvikar S, Stern TA, et al. The neuropsychiatric complications of glucocorticoid use: steroid psychosis revisited. Psychosomatics. 2012;53(2):103-115.
2. Roxanas MG, Hunt GE. Rapid reversal of corticosteroid-induced mania with sodium valproate: a case series of 20 patients. Psychosomatics. 2012;53(6):575-581.
3. Lewis DA, Smith RE. Steroid‐induced psychiatric syndromes. A report of 14 cases and a review of the literature. J Affect Disord. 1983;5(4):319-332.
4. Warren KN, Katakam J, Espiridion ED. Acute-onset mania in a patient with non-small cell lung cancer. Cureus. 2019;11(8):e5436.
5. Kenna HA, Poon AW, de los Angeles CP, et al. Psychiatric complications of treatment with corticosteroids: review with case report. Psychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2011;65(6):549-560.
6. Ling MH, Perry PJ, Tsuang MT. Side effects of corticosteroid therapy. Psychiatric aspects. Arch Gen. Psychiatry. 1981;38(4):471-477.
7. Ularntinon S, Tzuang D, Dahl G, et al. Concurrent treatment of steroid-related mood and psychotic symptoms with risperidone. Pediatrics. 2010;125(5):e1241-e1245.
8. Pokladinkova J, Meyboom RH, Vlcek J, et al. Intranasally administered corticosteroids and neuropsychiatric disturbances: a review of the international pharmacovigilance programme of the World Health Organization. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol. 2008;101(1):67-73.
9. Walker EF, Trotman HD, Pearce BD, et al. Cortisol levels and risk for psychosis: initial findings from the North American prodrome longitudinal study. Biol Psychiatry. 2013;74(6):410-417.
10. Wolkowitz OM, Reus UI. Treatment of depression with antiglucocorticoid drugs. Psychosom Med. 1999;61(5):698-711.
11. Judd LL, Schettler PJ, Brown ES, et al. Adverse consequences of glucocorticoid medication: psychological, cognitive, and behavioral effects. Am J Psychiatry. 2014;171(10):1045-1051.
12. Appenzeller S, Cendes F, Costallat LT. Acute psychosis in systemic lupus erythematosus. Rheumatol Int. 2008;28(3):237-243.
13. Glynne-Jones R, Vernon CC, Bell G. Is steroid psychosis preventable by divided doses? Lancet. 1986;2(8520):1404.
14. Ismail MF, Lavelle C, Cassidy EM. Steroid-induced mental disorders in cancer patients: a systematic review. Future Oncol. 2017;13(29):2719-2731.
15. Magariños AM, McEwen BS. Stress-induced atrophy of apical dendrites of hippocampal CA3c neurons: involvement of glucocorticoid secretion and excitatory amino acid receptors. Neuroscience. 1995;69(1):89-98.
16. Brown BS, Stuard G, Liggin JDM, et al. Effect of phenytoin on mood and declarative memory during prescription corticosteroid therapy. Biol Psychiatry. 2005;57(5):543-548.
17. Desai S, Khanani S, Shad MU, et al. Attenutation of amygdala atrophy with lamotrigine in patients receiving corticosteroid therapy. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2009;29(3):284-287.
18. Gable M, Depry D. Sustained corticosteroid-induced mania and psychosis despite cessation: a case study and brief literature review. Int J Psychiatry Med. 2015;50(4):398-404.
Ms. N, age 30, presents to the emergency department for altered mental status, insomnia, and behavioral changes, which she has experienced for 1 week. On evaluation, she grabs a clinician’s hand and details her business ideas and life story with no prompting. Ms. N’s mental status examination is significant for hyperverbal speech with increased rate and volume; tangential thought process; and bright, expanded affect.
One week earlier, Ms. N was hospitalized for sudden-onset chest pain, weakness, and dizziness. She received 45 minutes of cardiopulmonary resuscitation prior to presentation and was found to have a ST-segment elevation myocardial infarction that required emergent left anterior descending coronary artery and right coronary artery percutaneous coronary intervention to place drug-eluting stents. Her recovery was complicated by acute cardiogenic shock, pulmonary edema, and hypoxic respiratory failure. Subsequently, she was intubated, admitted to the ICU, and received high-dose corticosteroids, including IV methylprednisolone, 40 mg every 12 hours, which was tapered prior to discharge. Her husband reports that since Ms. N came home, she has been more talkative and irritable, ruminating about past events, unable to sleep (<1 hour/night), and crying frequently. She has also been endorsing visual and auditory hallucinations, with increased praying and listening to religious music.
The frequent clinical use of steroids necessitates an understanding of these medications’ various adverse effects. The manifestations of steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms are broad and can involve affective, behavioral, and cognitive domains. While the current mechanism is unknown, this phenomenon may be related to decreased levels of corticotropin, norepinephrine, and beta-endorphin immunoreactivity, as well as effects on brain regions such as the hippocampus and amygdala. The best interventions for steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms are awareness and early diagnosis. There are no FDA-approved treatments for steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms; initial measures should include tapering or discontinuing corticosteroids.
In this article, we review the literature on the incidence, characteristics, differential diagnoses, proposed mechanism, risk factors, and proposed treatments of steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms.
A wide range of presentations
Steroid use has increased over the past 2 decades, with 10% of medical and surgical inpatients and 1% to 3% of the general population taking long-term glucocorticoids.1 Even with topical application, steroid therapy is often systemically absorbed, and thus may lead to steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms. The incidence of steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms is difficult to assess because there can be a wide range of reactions that are dose- and time-related. Three reviews of a total of 122 cases reports found that an estimated 5% of patients treated with steroids experience severe psychiatric reactions.1-3
Steroid-induced psychopathology can include mood, behavioral, and/or cognitive impairments. Mania/hypomania is the most common overall psychiatric symptom; the most common mood manifestations are anxiety and depression.4,5 Other possible steroid-induced symptoms include psychosis, dementia, panic disorder, delirium, suicidal thinking and behavior, aggressive behavior, insomnia, agitation, depersonalization, and euphoria.5 The most common cognitive impairment is verbal or declarative memory deficit; others include distractibility and deficits in attention and psychomotor speed.5 These psychiatric symptoms can have a rapid onset, possibly within hours of starting steroids.1 However, studies have reported a median time to onset of 11.5 days; 39% of cases had onset during the first week and 62% within 2 weeks.3,6 After reducing or stopping the steroid, it may take days to weeks before symptoms start to subside.2
What to consider in the differential Dx
Psychiatric symptoms that are induced by steroids can mimic metabolic, neurologic, or toxic disorders. Other factors to consider include drug withdrawal/intoxication, infections, and paraneoplastic syndromes.4,5 Although there is no reported correlation between the location of neurologic lesions and the development of specific psychiatric symptoms, manic symptoms appear most commonly with lesions in the right frontal lobe. 4 Other factors to note include the presence of new-onset psychiatric illnesses such as bipolar, mood, or thought disorders,4 as well as psychosocial stressors that might be contributing to the patient’s presentation.5
Continue to: Proposed mechanisms
Proposed mechanisms
Although the exact mechanism by which steroids induce psychiatric symptoms is unknown, several mechanisms have been proposed. One hypothesis is that steroid-induced psychopathology is related to decreased levels of corticotropin, norepinephrine, and beta-endorphin immunoreactivity.4,5,7 This may explain why many patients with major depressive disorder have elevated cortisol production and/or lack of suppression of cortisol secretion during a dexamethasone stimulation test, and why approximately one-half of patients with Cushing’s disease experience depressive symptoms.8 This is also likely why antipsychotics, which typically reduce cortisol, are efficacious treatments for some steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms.9
Cognitive impairments from steroid use may be related to these agents’ effects on certain brain regions. One such area is the hippocampus, an important mediator in the creation and maintenance of episodic and declarative memories.5,8,9 Acute glucocorticoid use is associated with decreased activity in the left hippocampus, reduced hippocampal glucose metabolism, and reduced cerebral blood flow in the posterior medial temporal lobe.10 Long-term glucocorticoid exposure is associated with smaller hippocampal volume and lower levels of temporal lobe N-acetylaspartate, a marker of neuronal viability.10 Because working memory depends on the prefrontal cortex and declarative memory relies on the hippocampus, deficits in these functions can be attributed to the effect of prolonged glucocorticoid exposure on glucocorticoid or mineralocorticoid receptors in the hippocampus, reduction of hippocampal volume, or elevated glutamate accumulation in that area.11 In addition, high cortisol levels inhibit brain-derived neurotrophic factor, which plays a crucial role in maintaining neural architecture in key brain regions such as the hippocampus and prefrontal cortex.11 There is also a correlation between the duration of prednisone treatment and atrophy of the right amygdala, which is an important regulator of mood and anxiety.11 Both the hippocampus and amygdala have dense collections of glucocorticoid receptors. This may explain why patients who receive high-dose corticosteroids can have reversible atrophy in the hypothalamus and amygdala, leading to deficits in emotional learning and the stress response.
Factors that increase risk
Several factors can increase the risk of steroid-induced psychopathology. The most significant is the dose; higher doses are more likely to produce psychiatric symptoms.1,5 Concurrent use of drugs that increase circulating levels of corticosteroids, such as inhibitors of the cytochrome P450 (CYP) enzyme (eg, clarithromycin), also increases the likelihood of developing psychiatric symptoms.1,5 Risk is also increased in patients with liver or renal dysfunction.1 Cerebral spinal fluid/serum albumin ratio, a marker of blood-brain barrier damage, and low serum complement levels were also reported to be independent risk factors,12 with the thought that increased permeability of the blood-brain barrier may allow hydrophobic steroid molecules to more easily penetrate the CNS, leading to increased neuropsychiatric effects. Hypoalbuminemia is another reported risk factor, perhaps because lower levels of serum albumin are related to higher levels of free and active glucocorticoids, which are normally inactive when bound to albumin.13 There also appears to be an increased prevalence of steroid-induced psychopathology in women, perhaps due to greater propensity in women to seek medical care or a higher prevalence of women with medical disorders that are treated with steroids.5 A previous history of psychiatric disorders may not increase risk.5
Several methods for reducing risk have been proposed, including using a divided-dosing regimens that may lower peak steroid plasma concentrations.13,14 However, the best prevention of steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms are awareness, early diagnosis, and intervention. Studies have suggested that N-methyl-
Treatment options
There are no FDA-approved medications for managing steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms.1,16 Treatment is based on evidence from case reports and a few small case series (Table2-5,17,18).
Continue to: When possible, initial treatment...
When possible, initial treatment should include discontinuing or tapering corticosteroids to <40 mg/d of prednisone-equivalent.1,4,10,18 Most studies have reported rapid reversal of deficits in declarative memory and of hippocampal volume loss once corticosteroids were tapered and discontinued.1,18 One study reported that >90% of patients recovered within 6 weeks, with patients with delirium recovering more quickly (mean: 5.4 days) than those with depression, mania, or psychosis (mean: 19.3 days).3 Another found that the vast majority (92%) of patients treated only with a steroid taper achieved clinical recovery, and 84% recovered with administration of antipsychotics without a steroid taper.3 In this study, all patients who received electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) recovered, as did those who received a steroid taper plus lithium or antipsychotics. Steroid tapering regimens are especially important for patients who have received long-term glucocorticoid treatment. Patients need to be closely monitored for signs of new or increased depression, delirium, or confusion during the taper. If these symptoms occur, the patient should be checked for adrenocortical insufficiency, which can be resolved by re-administering or increasing the dosage of the glucocorticoid.10
Mania. The treatment of mania/hypomania includes mood stabilizers (valproate, lithium, lamotrigine) and antipsychotics (quetiapine, olanzapine, haloperidol).2,4,5,10,14,18 Valproate has been reported to be an effective prophylactic of corticosteroid-induced mania,2 perhaps because it dampens neuronal hyperexcitability by attenuating NMDA receptors, blocking voltage-dependent sodium channels, and inhibiting the synthesis of cortical GABAergic steroids. Starting valproate while continuing corticosteroids (if necessary) may help lessen mania.2 Benzodiazepines also may be useful on a short-term basis.
Depression. Steroid-induced depression may be treated with sertraline or other first-line antidepressants.5,14 Consider ECT for patients with severe depression. Support for the use of antipsychotic medications stems from studies that reported steroids’ role in disrupting dopamine and 5HT2 activity. Lithium also has been used successfully to manage and prevent glucocorticoid-associated affective disorder.10,18 It can be used alone or in combination with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors to alleviate depressive symptoms.10 Tricyclic antidepressants are generally avoided because their anticholinergic effects can exacerbate or worsen delirium.18 In general, ECT is an effective treatment for persistent and/or unresponsive steroid-induced depression,2,10 but may be difficult to use in patients with serious medical illnesses.
Agitation. Medications that have been proposed for treating steroid-induced agitation include benzodiazepines, haloperidol, and second-generation antipsychotics.5,17
Other considerations. Clinicians, patients, and families should discuss in detail the risks of steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms so an early diagnosis and appropriate intervention can be implemented. Before starting steroids, it is important to review the patient’s current medication list to ensure that steroid treatment is indicated, and to check for potential drug–drug interactions. In addition, the medical condition that is being treated with steroids also needs to be carefully reviewed, because certain illnesses are associated with the development of psychiatric symptoms. 5,10
Continue to: Young children...
Young children (age <6) and older adults appear to be at greater risk for cognitive and memory disturbances from steroid use.10 In addition, patients have individual levels of susceptibility to steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms that can vary over time. The risk for adverse effects may be elevated based on response to previous courses of glucocorticoid treatment.10 While gender, age, dosage, and duration of treatment influence risk, it is not possible to predict which patients will experience psychiatric effects during a given course of glucocorticoid therapy. Therefore, all patients should be considered to have the potential of developing such effects, and should be monitored during glucocorticoid treatment and withdrawal.
Goals for future research
To help reduce the severity of and cost associated with steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms,5,14 future studies should focus on controlled trials of preventative strategies. In particular, recent advances in genetic mapping may help identify involvement of certain genes or polymorphisms.5 Because current guidelines for the prevention and treatment of steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms are not evidence-based, controlled clinical trials are needed to elucidate the optimal management of such symptoms. There is much interplay between many of the proposed mechanisms of steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms, and future studies can help uncover a deeper understanding of the intricacies of this phenomenon.
CASE CONTINUED
Mrs. N is admitted for altered mental status. Medical workup includes MRI of the brain, MRI of the neck, cardiac echocardiogram, and EEG. There is no evidence of acute structural pathology. She is started on olanzapine, 10 mg/d at bedtime for manic and psychotic symptoms, and is discharged after 5 days. After 1 month, the outpatient psychiatrist gradually decreases and discontinues olanzapine as Mrs. N steadily returns to baseline. One year after discharge, Mrs. N continues to report resolution of her manic and psychotic symptoms.
Bottom Line
Steroids can induce a wide range of psychiatric symptoms, including mania/ hypomania, anxiety, and depression. Initial treatment typically includes tapering or discontinuing the steroid when possible. Other proposed treatments include certain antipsychotics, antidepressants, and other psychotropics, but the supporting evidence is largely anecdotal or based on case studies. Additional research is needed to elucidate the mechanism and treatment recommendations.
Related Resources
- Janes M, Kuster S, Goldson TM, et al. Steroid-induced psychosis. Proc (Bayl Univ Med Cent). 2019;32(4):614-615.
- Mayo Clinic. Prednisone and other corticosteroids. https://www.mayoclinic.org/steroids/art-20045692
Drug Brand Names
Haloperidol • Haldol
Lamotrigine • Lamictal
Lithium • Eskalith, Lithobid
Methylprednisolone injection • Solu-Medrol
Olanzapine • Zyprexa
Paroxetine • Paxil
Phenytoin • Dilantin
Quetiapine • Seroquel
Risperidone • Risperdal
Sertraline • Zoloft
Valproate • Depakote
Ms. N, age 30, presents to the emergency department for altered mental status, insomnia, and behavioral changes, which she has experienced for 1 week. On evaluation, she grabs a clinician’s hand and details her business ideas and life story with no prompting. Ms. N’s mental status examination is significant for hyperverbal speech with increased rate and volume; tangential thought process; and bright, expanded affect.
One week earlier, Ms. N was hospitalized for sudden-onset chest pain, weakness, and dizziness. She received 45 minutes of cardiopulmonary resuscitation prior to presentation and was found to have a ST-segment elevation myocardial infarction that required emergent left anterior descending coronary artery and right coronary artery percutaneous coronary intervention to place drug-eluting stents. Her recovery was complicated by acute cardiogenic shock, pulmonary edema, and hypoxic respiratory failure. Subsequently, she was intubated, admitted to the ICU, and received high-dose corticosteroids, including IV methylprednisolone, 40 mg every 12 hours, which was tapered prior to discharge. Her husband reports that since Ms. N came home, she has been more talkative and irritable, ruminating about past events, unable to sleep (<1 hour/night), and crying frequently. She has also been endorsing visual and auditory hallucinations, with increased praying and listening to religious music.
The frequent clinical use of steroids necessitates an understanding of these medications’ various adverse effects. The manifestations of steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms are broad and can involve affective, behavioral, and cognitive domains. While the current mechanism is unknown, this phenomenon may be related to decreased levels of corticotropin, norepinephrine, and beta-endorphin immunoreactivity, as well as effects on brain regions such as the hippocampus and amygdala. The best interventions for steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms are awareness and early diagnosis. There are no FDA-approved treatments for steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms; initial measures should include tapering or discontinuing corticosteroids.
In this article, we review the literature on the incidence, characteristics, differential diagnoses, proposed mechanism, risk factors, and proposed treatments of steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms.
A wide range of presentations
Steroid use has increased over the past 2 decades, with 10% of medical and surgical inpatients and 1% to 3% of the general population taking long-term glucocorticoids.1 Even with topical application, steroid therapy is often systemically absorbed, and thus may lead to steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms. The incidence of steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms is difficult to assess because there can be a wide range of reactions that are dose- and time-related. Three reviews of a total of 122 cases reports found that an estimated 5% of patients treated with steroids experience severe psychiatric reactions.1-3
Steroid-induced psychopathology can include mood, behavioral, and/or cognitive impairments. Mania/hypomania is the most common overall psychiatric symptom; the most common mood manifestations are anxiety and depression.4,5 Other possible steroid-induced symptoms include psychosis, dementia, panic disorder, delirium, suicidal thinking and behavior, aggressive behavior, insomnia, agitation, depersonalization, and euphoria.5 The most common cognitive impairment is verbal or declarative memory deficit; others include distractibility and deficits in attention and psychomotor speed.5 These psychiatric symptoms can have a rapid onset, possibly within hours of starting steroids.1 However, studies have reported a median time to onset of 11.5 days; 39% of cases had onset during the first week and 62% within 2 weeks.3,6 After reducing or stopping the steroid, it may take days to weeks before symptoms start to subside.2
What to consider in the differential Dx
Psychiatric symptoms that are induced by steroids can mimic metabolic, neurologic, or toxic disorders. Other factors to consider include drug withdrawal/intoxication, infections, and paraneoplastic syndromes.4,5 Although there is no reported correlation between the location of neurologic lesions and the development of specific psychiatric symptoms, manic symptoms appear most commonly with lesions in the right frontal lobe. 4 Other factors to note include the presence of new-onset psychiatric illnesses such as bipolar, mood, or thought disorders,4 as well as psychosocial stressors that might be contributing to the patient’s presentation.5
Continue to: Proposed mechanisms
Proposed mechanisms
Although the exact mechanism by which steroids induce psychiatric symptoms is unknown, several mechanisms have been proposed. One hypothesis is that steroid-induced psychopathology is related to decreased levels of corticotropin, norepinephrine, and beta-endorphin immunoreactivity.4,5,7 This may explain why many patients with major depressive disorder have elevated cortisol production and/or lack of suppression of cortisol secretion during a dexamethasone stimulation test, and why approximately one-half of patients with Cushing’s disease experience depressive symptoms.8 This is also likely why antipsychotics, which typically reduce cortisol, are efficacious treatments for some steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms.9
Cognitive impairments from steroid use may be related to these agents’ effects on certain brain regions. One such area is the hippocampus, an important mediator in the creation and maintenance of episodic and declarative memories.5,8,9 Acute glucocorticoid use is associated with decreased activity in the left hippocampus, reduced hippocampal glucose metabolism, and reduced cerebral blood flow in the posterior medial temporal lobe.10 Long-term glucocorticoid exposure is associated with smaller hippocampal volume and lower levels of temporal lobe N-acetylaspartate, a marker of neuronal viability.10 Because working memory depends on the prefrontal cortex and declarative memory relies on the hippocampus, deficits in these functions can be attributed to the effect of prolonged glucocorticoid exposure on glucocorticoid or mineralocorticoid receptors in the hippocampus, reduction of hippocampal volume, or elevated glutamate accumulation in that area.11 In addition, high cortisol levels inhibit brain-derived neurotrophic factor, which plays a crucial role in maintaining neural architecture in key brain regions such as the hippocampus and prefrontal cortex.11 There is also a correlation between the duration of prednisone treatment and atrophy of the right amygdala, which is an important regulator of mood and anxiety.11 Both the hippocampus and amygdala have dense collections of glucocorticoid receptors. This may explain why patients who receive high-dose corticosteroids can have reversible atrophy in the hypothalamus and amygdala, leading to deficits in emotional learning and the stress response.
Factors that increase risk
Several factors can increase the risk of steroid-induced psychopathology. The most significant is the dose; higher doses are more likely to produce psychiatric symptoms.1,5 Concurrent use of drugs that increase circulating levels of corticosteroids, such as inhibitors of the cytochrome P450 (CYP) enzyme (eg, clarithromycin), also increases the likelihood of developing psychiatric symptoms.1,5 Risk is also increased in patients with liver or renal dysfunction.1 Cerebral spinal fluid/serum albumin ratio, a marker of blood-brain barrier damage, and low serum complement levels were also reported to be independent risk factors,12 with the thought that increased permeability of the blood-brain barrier may allow hydrophobic steroid molecules to more easily penetrate the CNS, leading to increased neuropsychiatric effects. Hypoalbuminemia is another reported risk factor, perhaps because lower levels of serum albumin are related to higher levels of free and active glucocorticoids, which are normally inactive when bound to albumin.13 There also appears to be an increased prevalence of steroid-induced psychopathology in women, perhaps due to greater propensity in women to seek medical care or a higher prevalence of women with medical disorders that are treated with steroids.5 A previous history of psychiatric disorders may not increase risk.5
Several methods for reducing risk have been proposed, including using a divided-dosing regimens that may lower peak steroid plasma concentrations.13,14 However, the best prevention of steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms are awareness, early diagnosis, and intervention. Studies have suggested that N-methyl-
Treatment options
There are no FDA-approved medications for managing steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms.1,16 Treatment is based on evidence from case reports and a few small case series (Table2-5,17,18).
Continue to: When possible, initial treatment...
When possible, initial treatment should include discontinuing or tapering corticosteroids to <40 mg/d of prednisone-equivalent.1,4,10,18 Most studies have reported rapid reversal of deficits in declarative memory and of hippocampal volume loss once corticosteroids were tapered and discontinued.1,18 One study reported that >90% of patients recovered within 6 weeks, with patients with delirium recovering more quickly (mean: 5.4 days) than those with depression, mania, or psychosis (mean: 19.3 days).3 Another found that the vast majority (92%) of patients treated only with a steroid taper achieved clinical recovery, and 84% recovered with administration of antipsychotics without a steroid taper.3 In this study, all patients who received electroconvulsive therapy (ECT) recovered, as did those who received a steroid taper plus lithium or antipsychotics. Steroid tapering regimens are especially important for patients who have received long-term glucocorticoid treatment. Patients need to be closely monitored for signs of new or increased depression, delirium, or confusion during the taper. If these symptoms occur, the patient should be checked for adrenocortical insufficiency, which can be resolved by re-administering or increasing the dosage of the glucocorticoid.10
Mania. The treatment of mania/hypomania includes mood stabilizers (valproate, lithium, lamotrigine) and antipsychotics (quetiapine, olanzapine, haloperidol).2,4,5,10,14,18 Valproate has been reported to be an effective prophylactic of corticosteroid-induced mania,2 perhaps because it dampens neuronal hyperexcitability by attenuating NMDA receptors, blocking voltage-dependent sodium channels, and inhibiting the synthesis of cortical GABAergic steroids. Starting valproate while continuing corticosteroids (if necessary) may help lessen mania.2 Benzodiazepines also may be useful on a short-term basis.
Depression. Steroid-induced depression may be treated with sertraline or other first-line antidepressants.5,14 Consider ECT for patients with severe depression. Support for the use of antipsychotic medications stems from studies that reported steroids’ role in disrupting dopamine and 5HT2 activity. Lithium also has been used successfully to manage and prevent glucocorticoid-associated affective disorder.10,18 It can be used alone or in combination with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors to alleviate depressive symptoms.10 Tricyclic antidepressants are generally avoided because their anticholinergic effects can exacerbate or worsen delirium.18 In general, ECT is an effective treatment for persistent and/or unresponsive steroid-induced depression,2,10 but may be difficult to use in patients with serious medical illnesses.
Agitation. Medications that have been proposed for treating steroid-induced agitation include benzodiazepines, haloperidol, and second-generation antipsychotics.5,17
Other considerations. Clinicians, patients, and families should discuss in detail the risks of steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms so an early diagnosis and appropriate intervention can be implemented. Before starting steroids, it is important to review the patient’s current medication list to ensure that steroid treatment is indicated, and to check for potential drug–drug interactions. In addition, the medical condition that is being treated with steroids also needs to be carefully reviewed, because certain illnesses are associated with the development of psychiatric symptoms. 5,10
Continue to: Young children...
Young children (age <6) and older adults appear to be at greater risk for cognitive and memory disturbances from steroid use.10 In addition, patients have individual levels of susceptibility to steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms that can vary over time. The risk for adverse effects may be elevated based on response to previous courses of glucocorticoid treatment.10 While gender, age, dosage, and duration of treatment influence risk, it is not possible to predict which patients will experience psychiatric effects during a given course of glucocorticoid therapy. Therefore, all patients should be considered to have the potential of developing such effects, and should be monitored during glucocorticoid treatment and withdrawal.
Goals for future research
To help reduce the severity of and cost associated with steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms,5,14 future studies should focus on controlled trials of preventative strategies. In particular, recent advances in genetic mapping may help identify involvement of certain genes or polymorphisms.5 Because current guidelines for the prevention and treatment of steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms are not evidence-based, controlled clinical trials are needed to elucidate the optimal management of such symptoms. There is much interplay between many of the proposed mechanisms of steroid-induced psychiatric symptoms, and future studies can help uncover a deeper understanding of the intricacies of this phenomenon.
CASE CONTINUED
Mrs. N is admitted for altered mental status. Medical workup includes MRI of the brain, MRI of the neck, cardiac echocardiogram, and EEG. There is no evidence of acute structural pathology. She is started on olanzapine, 10 mg/d at bedtime for manic and psychotic symptoms, and is discharged after 5 days. After 1 month, the outpatient psychiatrist gradually decreases and discontinues olanzapine as Mrs. N steadily returns to baseline. One year after discharge, Mrs. N continues to report resolution of her manic and psychotic symptoms.
Bottom Line
Steroids can induce a wide range of psychiatric symptoms, including mania/ hypomania, anxiety, and depression. Initial treatment typically includes tapering or discontinuing the steroid when possible. Other proposed treatments include certain antipsychotics, antidepressants, and other psychotropics, but the supporting evidence is largely anecdotal or based on case studies. Additional research is needed to elucidate the mechanism and treatment recommendations.
Related Resources
- Janes M, Kuster S, Goldson TM, et al. Steroid-induced psychosis. Proc (Bayl Univ Med Cent). 2019;32(4):614-615.
- Mayo Clinic. Prednisone and other corticosteroids. https://www.mayoclinic.org/steroids/art-20045692
Drug Brand Names
Haloperidol • Haldol
Lamotrigine • Lamictal
Lithium • Eskalith, Lithobid
Methylprednisolone injection • Solu-Medrol
Olanzapine • Zyprexa
Paroxetine • Paxil
Phenytoin • Dilantin
Quetiapine • Seroquel
Risperidone • Risperdal
Sertraline • Zoloft
Valproate • Depakote
1. Dubovsky AN, Arvikar S, Stern TA, et al. The neuropsychiatric complications of glucocorticoid use: steroid psychosis revisited. Psychosomatics. 2012;53(2):103-115.
2. Roxanas MG, Hunt GE. Rapid reversal of corticosteroid-induced mania with sodium valproate: a case series of 20 patients. Psychosomatics. 2012;53(6):575-581.
3. Lewis DA, Smith RE. Steroid‐induced psychiatric syndromes. A report of 14 cases and a review of the literature. J Affect Disord. 1983;5(4):319-332.
4. Warren KN, Katakam J, Espiridion ED. Acute-onset mania in a patient with non-small cell lung cancer. Cureus. 2019;11(8):e5436.
5. Kenna HA, Poon AW, de los Angeles CP, et al. Psychiatric complications of treatment with corticosteroids: review with case report. Psychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2011;65(6):549-560.
6. Ling MH, Perry PJ, Tsuang MT. Side effects of corticosteroid therapy. Psychiatric aspects. Arch Gen. Psychiatry. 1981;38(4):471-477.
7. Ularntinon S, Tzuang D, Dahl G, et al. Concurrent treatment of steroid-related mood and psychotic symptoms with risperidone. Pediatrics. 2010;125(5):e1241-e1245.
8. Pokladinkova J, Meyboom RH, Vlcek J, et al. Intranasally administered corticosteroids and neuropsychiatric disturbances: a review of the international pharmacovigilance programme of the World Health Organization. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol. 2008;101(1):67-73.
9. Walker EF, Trotman HD, Pearce BD, et al. Cortisol levels and risk for psychosis: initial findings from the North American prodrome longitudinal study. Biol Psychiatry. 2013;74(6):410-417.
10. Wolkowitz OM, Reus UI. Treatment of depression with antiglucocorticoid drugs. Psychosom Med. 1999;61(5):698-711.
11. Judd LL, Schettler PJ, Brown ES, et al. Adverse consequences of glucocorticoid medication: psychological, cognitive, and behavioral effects. Am J Psychiatry. 2014;171(10):1045-1051.
12. Appenzeller S, Cendes F, Costallat LT. Acute psychosis in systemic lupus erythematosus. Rheumatol Int. 2008;28(3):237-243.
13. Glynne-Jones R, Vernon CC, Bell G. Is steroid psychosis preventable by divided doses? Lancet. 1986;2(8520):1404.
14. Ismail MF, Lavelle C, Cassidy EM. Steroid-induced mental disorders in cancer patients: a systematic review. Future Oncol. 2017;13(29):2719-2731.
15. Magariños AM, McEwen BS. Stress-induced atrophy of apical dendrites of hippocampal CA3c neurons: involvement of glucocorticoid secretion and excitatory amino acid receptors. Neuroscience. 1995;69(1):89-98.
16. Brown BS, Stuard G, Liggin JDM, et al. Effect of phenytoin on mood and declarative memory during prescription corticosteroid therapy. Biol Psychiatry. 2005;57(5):543-548.
17. Desai S, Khanani S, Shad MU, et al. Attenutation of amygdala atrophy with lamotrigine in patients receiving corticosteroid therapy. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2009;29(3):284-287.
18. Gable M, Depry D. Sustained corticosteroid-induced mania and psychosis despite cessation: a case study and brief literature review. Int J Psychiatry Med. 2015;50(4):398-404.
1. Dubovsky AN, Arvikar S, Stern TA, et al. The neuropsychiatric complications of glucocorticoid use: steroid psychosis revisited. Psychosomatics. 2012;53(2):103-115.
2. Roxanas MG, Hunt GE. Rapid reversal of corticosteroid-induced mania with sodium valproate: a case series of 20 patients. Psychosomatics. 2012;53(6):575-581.
3. Lewis DA, Smith RE. Steroid‐induced psychiatric syndromes. A report of 14 cases and a review of the literature. J Affect Disord. 1983;5(4):319-332.
4. Warren KN, Katakam J, Espiridion ED. Acute-onset mania in a patient with non-small cell lung cancer. Cureus. 2019;11(8):e5436.
5. Kenna HA, Poon AW, de los Angeles CP, et al. Psychiatric complications of treatment with corticosteroids: review with case report. Psychiatry Clin Neurosci. 2011;65(6):549-560.
6. Ling MH, Perry PJ, Tsuang MT. Side effects of corticosteroid therapy. Psychiatric aspects. Arch Gen. Psychiatry. 1981;38(4):471-477.
7. Ularntinon S, Tzuang D, Dahl G, et al. Concurrent treatment of steroid-related mood and psychotic symptoms with risperidone. Pediatrics. 2010;125(5):e1241-e1245.
8. Pokladinkova J, Meyboom RH, Vlcek J, et al. Intranasally administered corticosteroids and neuropsychiatric disturbances: a review of the international pharmacovigilance programme of the World Health Organization. Ann Allergy Asthma Immunol. 2008;101(1):67-73.
9. Walker EF, Trotman HD, Pearce BD, et al. Cortisol levels and risk for psychosis: initial findings from the North American prodrome longitudinal study. Biol Psychiatry. 2013;74(6):410-417.
10. Wolkowitz OM, Reus UI. Treatment of depression with antiglucocorticoid drugs. Psychosom Med. 1999;61(5):698-711.
11. Judd LL, Schettler PJ, Brown ES, et al. Adverse consequences of glucocorticoid medication: psychological, cognitive, and behavioral effects. Am J Psychiatry. 2014;171(10):1045-1051.
12. Appenzeller S, Cendes F, Costallat LT. Acute psychosis in systemic lupus erythematosus. Rheumatol Int. 2008;28(3):237-243.
13. Glynne-Jones R, Vernon CC, Bell G. Is steroid psychosis preventable by divided doses? Lancet. 1986;2(8520):1404.
14. Ismail MF, Lavelle C, Cassidy EM. Steroid-induced mental disorders in cancer patients: a systematic review. Future Oncol. 2017;13(29):2719-2731.
15. Magariños AM, McEwen BS. Stress-induced atrophy of apical dendrites of hippocampal CA3c neurons: involvement of glucocorticoid secretion and excitatory amino acid receptors. Neuroscience. 1995;69(1):89-98.
16. Brown BS, Stuard G, Liggin JDM, et al. Effect of phenytoin on mood and declarative memory during prescription corticosteroid therapy. Biol Psychiatry. 2005;57(5):543-548.
17. Desai S, Khanani S, Shad MU, et al. Attenutation of amygdala atrophy with lamotrigine in patients receiving corticosteroid therapy. J Clin Psychopharmacol. 2009;29(3):284-287.
18. Gable M, Depry D. Sustained corticosteroid-induced mania and psychosis despite cessation: a case study and brief literature review. Int J Psychiatry Med. 2015;50(4):398-404.
Prazosin for PTSD: Sorting out the evidence
Mr. H, age 43, presents to your clinic for management of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). At his last appointment 8 weeks ago, he was continued on fluoxetine, 60 mg/d; he had been stable on this medication for 6 months. Today, Mr. H reports an increase in the frequency and severity of nightmares. He states that he wakes at least 3 times every week with “disturbing dreams” about his time in the military and does not feel rested even when he sleeps through the night. His Clinician-Administered PTSD Scale (CAPS) score is 95 on this visit, suggesting extreme PTSD symptomatology. Mr. H asks if anything can be done to reduce the frequency and intensity of his nightmares.
PTSD is the development of characteristic symptoms following exposure to ≥1 traumatic events. According to DSM-5, PTSD symptoms include the presence of ≥1 intrusion symptoms (recurrent, intrusive memories of the traumatic event; recurrent distressing dreams; dissociative reactions), persistent avoidance of stimuli, negative alterations in cognition and mood, and marked alterations in arousal and reactivity associated with the traumatic event(s).1 The symptoms must be present for >1 month, cause clinically significant distress or impairment in functioning, and not be attributable to the psychologic effects of a substance or medical conditions.1 This article focuses specifically on the hyperarousal symptoms, and the clinical controversies surrounding the use of prazosin for PTSD.
Prazosin for PTSD treatment
Sleep disorders are extremely common in patients with PTSD. Up to 90% of patients report sleep disturbances, and up to 70% report nightmares.2 Prazosin has been widely used in the treatment of PTSD-related sleep disorders and nightmares.The American Psychiatric Association3 and the British Association of Psychopharmacology4 guidelines in-clude prazosin as a first-line recommendation for treatment of PTSD. However, updated 2017 guidelines from the Veterans Affairs/Department of Defense (VA/DoD)5 and data from the 2018 Prazosin and Combat Trauma PTSD (PACT) trial6 contradict these original recommendations. Previously, the 2010 VA/DoD guideline said prazosin had insufficient evidence for monotherapy, but recommended it as adjunctive treatment for sleep and nightmares.7 The updated 2017 VA/DoD guideline recommends “weak against” prazosin use for global symptoms of PTSD, and says there is insufficient evidence for its use in nightmares.5 Below we summarize the findings of studies that contributed to those original recommendations, along with results of the PACT trial.
Raskind et al8,9 conducted 2 studies of prazosin use in combat veterans with PTSD. In both studies, prazosin had significant positive effects on the Clinician-Administered PTSD Scale (CAPS) and Clinical Global Impression of Change (CGIC) scores.8,9 The 2007 study also found significant effects of prazosin on Pittsburgh Sleep Quality Index (PSQI) scores.9
Raskind et al10 conducted another study in 2013 of prazosin use for active-duty soldiers who had combat trauma PTSD with nightmares. Prazosin had positive effects for nightmares, sleep quality, and CAPS scores.10
Germain et al11 reviewed prazosin for treating sleep disturbances in US military veterans. Prazosin was associated with significant improvements in insomnia and daytime PTSD symptom severity as demonstrated by changes in PSQI and CAPS scores.11
Taylor et al12 examined the effects of prazosin on sleep measures and clinical symptoms in civilians with PTSD. Prazosin significantly increased total sleep time, rapid eye movement sleep time, and CGIC scores while significantly decreasing trauma-related nightmares.12
Continue to: Overall, these trials...
Overall, these trials found efficacy for the use of prazosin for patients diagnosed with PTSD; however, the population size in each of these studies was small.
Results of the PACT trial
The PACT trial was a 26-week, multicenter, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled trial conducted across 12 VA medical centers.6 During the first 5 weeks, participants were randomized to receive placebo or prazosin, which could be titrated up to 20 mg/d in men and 12 mg/d in women. Participants remained on that dose from the end of Week 5 through Week 10. At that time, other pharmacologic therapies and psychotherapy could be added, discontinued, or adjusted. The mean maintenance total daily dose of prazosin was 14.8 mg.
A total of 413 patients were screened, 304 were randomized (152 per group), and 271 completed the 10-week primary outcome assessment. The population was almost entirely male (96.1% in the prazosin group and 99.3% in the placebo group), and most participants were White (64.5% in the prazosin group and 69.1% in the placebo group), with an average age of approximately 50 years. Primary outcomes included change from baseline to Week 10 in both CAPS item B2 (“recurrent distressing dreams”) and PSQI scores. CGIC score was evaluated at Week 10.
At Week 10, none of the primary outcomes were found to be statistically significant. The mean difference in change from baseline to Week 10 in CAPS item B2 score and PSQI score were 0.2 (P = .38) and 0.1 (P = .80), respectively. There was no significant difference in mean CGIC scores (P = .96). Repeated measures of CAPS item B2, PSQI, and CGIC scores were conducted through Week 26 as secondary outcomes. No significant differences were found. This study concluded that prazosin did not alleviate distressing dreams, improve sleep quality, or improve overall clinical symptoms.6
The PACT trial: Strengths and weaknesses
The PACT trial is the largest placebo-controlled trial for prazosin use in PTSD to date. It failed to show efficacy of prazosin for PTSD-associated nightmares, which contradicts previous studies. Although the mean total daily dose of prazosin was adequate and primary outcomes were measured with appropriate scales, the study failed to enroll the desired number of patients, which increased the possibility of false-negative results. Furthermore, participant recruitment may have led to selection bias because all participants were clinically stable, which could explain the lack of efficacy. However, the average CAPS scores were 80.7 in the prazosin group and 81.9 in the placebo group, which indicates that these patients had significant symptomatology at baseline and before entering the study.
Continue to: A major theme...
A major theme of studies evaluating prazosin treatment for PTSD is a focus on a military population and military-related trauma. Other than Taylor et al12 (N=13), none of these trials included patients who were diagnosed with PTSD due to other traumas, such as sexual trauma, which limits the generalizability of the results. Furthermore, apart from the PACT trial, none of these studies had >100 participants, which further reduces external validity. Current guidelines have not been updated to include the results of the PACT trial, and it is unclear if the results of this trial are strong enough to change clinical practice.
CASE CONTINUED
To ensure patient-centered care, the treating clinicians conduct a risk/benefit discussion with the patient regarding starting prazosin. Mr. H opts to try prazosin, so the clinicians initiate a low dose (1 mg/d) to mitigate adverse effects, and plan to titrate to clinical effect or intolerability. Per evidence from the trials discussed, it is likely Mr. H will need to be titrated to at least 5 to 6 mg/d to see a clinical effect.
Related Resource
North CS, Hong BA, Downs DL. PTSD: A systematic approach to diagnosis and treatment. Current Psychiatry 2018;17(4):35-43.
Drug Brand Names
Fluoxetine • Prozac
Prazosin • Minipress
1. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
2. Maher MJ, Rego SA, Asnis, GM. Sleep disturbances in patients with post-traumatic stress disorder: epidemiology, impact and approaches to management. CNS Drugs. 2006;20(7):567-590.
3. Benedek DM, Friedman MJ, Zatzick D, et al. Guideline watch (March 2009): Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with acute stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder. APA Practice Guidelines. Published 2010. Accessed March 14, 2021. https://psychiatryonline.org/pb/assets/raw/sitewide/practice_guidelines/guidelines/acutestressdisorderptsd-watch.pdf
4. Baldwin DS, Anderson IM, Nutt DJ, et al. Evidence-based pharmacological treatment of anxiety disorders, post-traumatic stress disorder and obsessive-compulsive disorder: a revision of the 2005 guidelines from the British Association for Psychopharmacology. J Psychopharmacol. 2014;28(5):403-439. doi: 10.1177/0269881114525674
5. Department of Veterans Affairs, Department of Defense. VA/DoD clinical practice guideline for the management of posttraumatic stress disorder and acute stress disorder. Version 3.0. Published 2017. Accessed February 5, 2021. https://www.healthquality.va.gov/guidelines/MH/ptsd/VADoDPTSDCPGFinal012418.pdf
6. Raskind MA, Peskind ER, Chow B, et al. Trial of prazosin for post-traumatic stress disorder in military veterans. N Engl J Med. 2018;378(6):507-517.
7. Department of Veterans Affairs, Department of Defense. VA/DoD clinical practice guideline: management of post-traumatic stress. Version 2.0. Published 2010. Accessed February 5, 2021. https://www.healthquality.va.gov/guidelines/MH/ptsd/cpg_PTSD-full-201011612.PDF
8. Raskind MA, Peskind ER, Katner ED, et al. Reduction of nightmares and other PTSD symptoms in combat veterans by prazosin: a placebo-controlled study. Am J Psychiatry. 2003;160(2):371-373.
9. Raskind MA, Peskind ER, Hoff DJ, et al. A parallel group placebo-controlled study of prazosin for trauma nightmares and sleep disturbance in combat veterans with post-traumatic stress disorder. Biol Psychiatry. 2007;61(8):928-934.
10. Raskind MA, Peterson K, Williams T, et al. A trial of prazosin for combat trauma PTSD with nightmares in active-duty soldiers returned from Iraq and Afghanistan. Am J Psychiatry. 2013;170(9):1003-1010.
11. Germain A, Richardson R, Moul DE, et al. Placebo-controlled comparison of prazosin and cognitive-behavioral treatments for sleep disturbances in US military veterans. J Psychosom Res. 2012;72(2):89-96.
12. Taylor FB, Martin P, Thompson C, et al. Prazosin effects on objective sleep measures and clinical symptoms in civilian trauma posttraumatic stress disorder: a placebo-controlled study. Biol Psychiatry. 2008;63(6):629-632.
Mr. H, age 43, presents to your clinic for management of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). At his last appointment 8 weeks ago, he was continued on fluoxetine, 60 mg/d; he had been stable on this medication for 6 months. Today, Mr. H reports an increase in the frequency and severity of nightmares. He states that he wakes at least 3 times every week with “disturbing dreams” about his time in the military and does not feel rested even when he sleeps through the night. His Clinician-Administered PTSD Scale (CAPS) score is 95 on this visit, suggesting extreme PTSD symptomatology. Mr. H asks if anything can be done to reduce the frequency and intensity of his nightmares.
PTSD is the development of characteristic symptoms following exposure to ≥1 traumatic events. According to DSM-5, PTSD symptoms include the presence of ≥1 intrusion symptoms (recurrent, intrusive memories of the traumatic event; recurrent distressing dreams; dissociative reactions), persistent avoidance of stimuli, negative alterations in cognition and mood, and marked alterations in arousal and reactivity associated with the traumatic event(s).1 The symptoms must be present for >1 month, cause clinically significant distress or impairment in functioning, and not be attributable to the psychologic effects of a substance or medical conditions.1 This article focuses specifically on the hyperarousal symptoms, and the clinical controversies surrounding the use of prazosin for PTSD.
Prazosin for PTSD treatment
Sleep disorders are extremely common in patients with PTSD. Up to 90% of patients report sleep disturbances, and up to 70% report nightmares.2 Prazosin has been widely used in the treatment of PTSD-related sleep disorders and nightmares.The American Psychiatric Association3 and the British Association of Psychopharmacology4 guidelines in-clude prazosin as a first-line recommendation for treatment of PTSD. However, updated 2017 guidelines from the Veterans Affairs/Department of Defense (VA/DoD)5 and data from the 2018 Prazosin and Combat Trauma PTSD (PACT) trial6 contradict these original recommendations. Previously, the 2010 VA/DoD guideline said prazosin had insufficient evidence for monotherapy, but recommended it as adjunctive treatment for sleep and nightmares.7 The updated 2017 VA/DoD guideline recommends “weak against” prazosin use for global symptoms of PTSD, and says there is insufficient evidence for its use in nightmares.5 Below we summarize the findings of studies that contributed to those original recommendations, along with results of the PACT trial.
Raskind et al8,9 conducted 2 studies of prazosin use in combat veterans with PTSD. In both studies, prazosin had significant positive effects on the Clinician-Administered PTSD Scale (CAPS) and Clinical Global Impression of Change (CGIC) scores.8,9 The 2007 study also found significant effects of prazosin on Pittsburgh Sleep Quality Index (PSQI) scores.9
Raskind et al10 conducted another study in 2013 of prazosin use for active-duty soldiers who had combat trauma PTSD with nightmares. Prazosin had positive effects for nightmares, sleep quality, and CAPS scores.10
Germain et al11 reviewed prazosin for treating sleep disturbances in US military veterans. Prazosin was associated with significant improvements in insomnia and daytime PTSD symptom severity as demonstrated by changes in PSQI and CAPS scores.11
Taylor et al12 examined the effects of prazosin on sleep measures and clinical symptoms in civilians with PTSD. Prazosin significantly increased total sleep time, rapid eye movement sleep time, and CGIC scores while significantly decreasing trauma-related nightmares.12
Continue to: Overall, these trials...
Overall, these trials found efficacy for the use of prazosin for patients diagnosed with PTSD; however, the population size in each of these studies was small.
Results of the PACT trial
The PACT trial was a 26-week, multicenter, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled trial conducted across 12 VA medical centers.6 During the first 5 weeks, participants were randomized to receive placebo or prazosin, which could be titrated up to 20 mg/d in men and 12 mg/d in women. Participants remained on that dose from the end of Week 5 through Week 10. At that time, other pharmacologic therapies and psychotherapy could be added, discontinued, or adjusted. The mean maintenance total daily dose of prazosin was 14.8 mg.
A total of 413 patients were screened, 304 were randomized (152 per group), and 271 completed the 10-week primary outcome assessment. The population was almost entirely male (96.1% in the prazosin group and 99.3% in the placebo group), and most participants were White (64.5% in the prazosin group and 69.1% in the placebo group), with an average age of approximately 50 years. Primary outcomes included change from baseline to Week 10 in both CAPS item B2 (“recurrent distressing dreams”) and PSQI scores. CGIC score was evaluated at Week 10.
At Week 10, none of the primary outcomes were found to be statistically significant. The mean difference in change from baseline to Week 10 in CAPS item B2 score and PSQI score were 0.2 (P = .38) and 0.1 (P = .80), respectively. There was no significant difference in mean CGIC scores (P = .96). Repeated measures of CAPS item B2, PSQI, and CGIC scores were conducted through Week 26 as secondary outcomes. No significant differences were found. This study concluded that prazosin did not alleviate distressing dreams, improve sleep quality, or improve overall clinical symptoms.6
The PACT trial: Strengths and weaknesses
The PACT trial is the largest placebo-controlled trial for prazosin use in PTSD to date. It failed to show efficacy of prazosin for PTSD-associated nightmares, which contradicts previous studies. Although the mean total daily dose of prazosin was adequate and primary outcomes were measured with appropriate scales, the study failed to enroll the desired number of patients, which increased the possibility of false-negative results. Furthermore, participant recruitment may have led to selection bias because all participants were clinically stable, which could explain the lack of efficacy. However, the average CAPS scores were 80.7 in the prazosin group and 81.9 in the placebo group, which indicates that these patients had significant symptomatology at baseline and before entering the study.
Continue to: A major theme...
A major theme of studies evaluating prazosin treatment for PTSD is a focus on a military population and military-related trauma. Other than Taylor et al12 (N=13), none of these trials included patients who were diagnosed with PTSD due to other traumas, such as sexual trauma, which limits the generalizability of the results. Furthermore, apart from the PACT trial, none of these studies had >100 participants, which further reduces external validity. Current guidelines have not been updated to include the results of the PACT trial, and it is unclear if the results of this trial are strong enough to change clinical practice.
CASE CONTINUED
To ensure patient-centered care, the treating clinicians conduct a risk/benefit discussion with the patient regarding starting prazosin. Mr. H opts to try prazosin, so the clinicians initiate a low dose (1 mg/d) to mitigate adverse effects, and plan to titrate to clinical effect or intolerability. Per evidence from the trials discussed, it is likely Mr. H will need to be titrated to at least 5 to 6 mg/d to see a clinical effect.
Related Resource
North CS, Hong BA, Downs DL. PTSD: A systematic approach to diagnosis and treatment. Current Psychiatry 2018;17(4):35-43.
Drug Brand Names
Fluoxetine • Prozac
Prazosin • Minipress
Mr. H, age 43, presents to your clinic for management of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). At his last appointment 8 weeks ago, he was continued on fluoxetine, 60 mg/d; he had been stable on this medication for 6 months. Today, Mr. H reports an increase in the frequency and severity of nightmares. He states that he wakes at least 3 times every week with “disturbing dreams” about his time in the military and does not feel rested even when he sleeps through the night. His Clinician-Administered PTSD Scale (CAPS) score is 95 on this visit, suggesting extreme PTSD symptomatology. Mr. H asks if anything can be done to reduce the frequency and intensity of his nightmares.
PTSD is the development of characteristic symptoms following exposure to ≥1 traumatic events. According to DSM-5, PTSD symptoms include the presence of ≥1 intrusion symptoms (recurrent, intrusive memories of the traumatic event; recurrent distressing dreams; dissociative reactions), persistent avoidance of stimuli, negative alterations in cognition and mood, and marked alterations in arousal and reactivity associated with the traumatic event(s).1 The symptoms must be present for >1 month, cause clinically significant distress or impairment in functioning, and not be attributable to the psychologic effects of a substance or medical conditions.1 This article focuses specifically on the hyperarousal symptoms, and the clinical controversies surrounding the use of prazosin for PTSD.
Prazosin for PTSD treatment
Sleep disorders are extremely common in patients with PTSD. Up to 90% of patients report sleep disturbances, and up to 70% report nightmares.2 Prazosin has been widely used in the treatment of PTSD-related sleep disorders and nightmares.The American Psychiatric Association3 and the British Association of Psychopharmacology4 guidelines in-clude prazosin as a first-line recommendation for treatment of PTSD. However, updated 2017 guidelines from the Veterans Affairs/Department of Defense (VA/DoD)5 and data from the 2018 Prazosin and Combat Trauma PTSD (PACT) trial6 contradict these original recommendations. Previously, the 2010 VA/DoD guideline said prazosin had insufficient evidence for monotherapy, but recommended it as adjunctive treatment for sleep and nightmares.7 The updated 2017 VA/DoD guideline recommends “weak against” prazosin use for global symptoms of PTSD, and says there is insufficient evidence for its use in nightmares.5 Below we summarize the findings of studies that contributed to those original recommendations, along with results of the PACT trial.
Raskind et al8,9 conducted 2 studies of prazosin use in combat veterans with PTSD. In both studies, prazosin had significant positive effects on the Clinician-Administered PTSD Scale (CAPS) and Clinical Global Impression of Change (CGIC) scores.8,9 The 2007 study also found significant effects of prazosin on Pittsburgh Sleep Quality Index (PSQI) scores.9
Raskind et al10 conducted another study in 2013 of prazosin use for active-duty soldiers who had combat trauma PTSD with nightmares. Prazosin had positive effects for nightmares, sleep quality, and CAPS scores.10
Germain et al11 reviewed prazosin for treating sleep disturbances in US military veterans. Prazosin was associated with significant improvements in insomnia and daytime PTSD symptom severity as demonstrated by changes in PSQI and CAPS scores.11
Taylor et al12 examined the effects of prazosin on sleep measures and clinical symptoms in civilians with PTSD. Prazosin significantly increased total sleep time, rapid eye movement sleep time, and CGIC scores while significantly decreasing trauma-related nightmares.12
Continue to: Overall, these trials...
Overall, these trials found efficacy for the use of prazosin for patients diagnosed with PTSD; however, the population size in each of these studies was small.
Results of the PACT trial
The PACT trial was a 26-week, multicenter, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled trial conducted across 12 VA medical centers.6 During the first 5 weeks, participants were randomized to receive placebo or prazosin, which could be titrated up to 20 mg/d in men and 12 mg/d in women. Participants remained on that dose from the end of Week 5 through Week 10. At that time, other pharmacologic therapies and psychotherapy could be added, discontinued, or adjusted. The mean maintenance total daily dose of prazosin was 14.8 mg.
A total of 413 patients were screened, 304 were randomized (152 per group), and 271 completed the 10-week primary outcome assessment. The population was almost entirely male (96.1% in the prazosin group and 99.3% in the placebo group), and most participants were White (64.5% in the prazosin group and 69.1% in the placebo group), with an average age of approximately 50 years. Primary outcomes included change from baseline to Week 10 in both CAPS item B2 (“recurrent distressing dreams”) and PSQI scores. CGIC score was evaluated at Week 10.
At Week 10, none of the primary outcomes were found to be statistically significant. The mean difference in change from baseline to Week 10 in CAPS item B2 score and PSQI score were 0.2 (P = .38) and 0.1 (P = .80), respectively. There was no significant difference in mean CGIC scores (P = .96). Repeated measures of CAPS item B2, PSQI, and CGIC scores were conducted through Week 26 as secondary outcomes. No significant differences were found. This study concluded that prazosin did not alleviate distressing dreams, improve sleep quality, or improve overall clinical symptoms.6
The PACT trial: Strengths and weaknesses
The PACT trial is the largest placebo-controlled trial for prazosin use in PTSD to date. It failed to show efficacy of prazosin for PTSD-associated nightmares, which contradicts previous studies. Although the mean total daily dose of prazosin was adequate and primary outcomes were measured with appropriate scales, the study failed to enroll the desired number of patients, which increased the possibility of false-negative results. Furthermore, participant recruitment may have led to selection bias because all participants were clinically stable, which could explain the lack of efficacy. However, the average CAPS scores were 80.7 in the prazosin group and 81.9 in the placebo group, which indicates that these patients had significant symptomatology at baseline and before entering the study.
Continue to: A major theme...
A major theme of studies evaluating prazosin treatment for PTSD is a focus on a military population and military-related trauma. Other than Taylor et al12 (N=13), none of these trials included patients who were diagnosed with PTSD due to other traumas, such as sexual trauma, which limits the generalizability of the results. Furthermore, apart from the PACT trial, none of these studies had >100 participants, which further reduces external validity. Current guidelines have not been updated to include the results of the PACT trial, and it is unclear if the results of this trial are strong enough to change clinical practice.
CASE CONTINUED
To ensure patient-centered care, the treating clinicians conduct a risk/benefit discussion with the patient regarding starting prazosin. Mr. H opts to try prazosin, so the clinicians initiate a low dose (1 mg/d) to mitigate adverse effects, and plan to titrate to clinical effect or intolerability. Per evidence from the trials discussed, it is likely Mr. H will need to be titrated to at least 5 to 6 mg/d to see a clinical effect.
Related Resource
North CS, Hong BA, Downs DL. PTSD: A systematic approach to diagnosis and treatment. Current Psychiatry 2018;17(4):35-43.
Drug Brand Names
Fluoxetine • Prozac
Prazosin • Minipress
1. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
2. Maher MJ, Rego SA, Asnis, GM. Sleep disturbances in patients with post-traumatic stress disorder: epidemiology, impact and approaches to management. CNS Drugs. 2006;20(7):567-590.
3. Benedek DM, Friedman MJ, Zatzick D, et al. Guideline watch (March 2009): Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with acute stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder. APA Practice Guidelines. Published 2010. Accessed March 14, 2021. https://psychiatryonline.org/pb/assets/raw/sitewide/practice_guidelines/guidelines/acutestressdisorderptsd-watch.pdf
4. Baldwin DS, Anderson IM, Nutt DJ, et al. Evidence-based pharmacological treatment of anxiety disorders, post-traumatic stress disorder and obsessive-compulsive disorder: a revision of the 2005 guidelines from the British Association for Psychopharmacology. J Psychopharmacol. 2014;28(5):403-439. doi: 10.1177/0269881114525674
5. Department of Veterans Affairs, Department of Defense. VA/DoD clinical practice guideline for the management of posttraumatic stress disorder and acute stress disorder. Version 3.0. Published 2017. Accessed February 5, 2021. https://www.healthquality.va.gov/guidelines/MH/ptsd/VADoDPTSDCPGFinal012418.pdf
6. Raskind MA, Peskind ER, Chow B, et al. Trial of prazosin for post-traumatic stress disorder in military veterans. N Engl J Med. 2018;378(6):507-517.
7. Department of Veterans Affairs, Department of Defense. VA/DoD clinical practice guideline: management of post-traumatic stress. Version 2.0. Published 2010. Accessed February 5, 2021. https://www.healthquality.va.gov/guidelines/MH/ptsd/cpg_PTSD-full-201011612.PDF
8. Raskind MA, Peskind ER, Katner ED, et al. Reduction of nightmares and other PTSD symptoms in combat veterans by prazosin: a placebo-controlled study. Am J Psychiatry. 2003;160(2):371-373.
9. Raskind MA, Peskind ER, Hoff DJ, et al. A parallel group placebo-controlled study of prazosin for trauma nightmares and sleep disturbance in combat veterans with post-traumatic stress disorder. Biol Psychiatry. 2007;61(8):928-934.
10. Raskind MA, Peterson K, Williams T, et al. A trial of prazosin for combat trauma PTSD with nightmares in active-duty soldiers returned from Iraq and Afghanistan. Am J Psychiatry. 2013;170(9):1003-1010.
11. Germain A, Richardson R, Moul DE, et al. Placebo-controlled comparison of prazosin and cognitive-behavioral treatments for sleep disturbances in US military veterans. J Psychosom Res. 2012;72(2):89-96.
12. Taylor FB, Martin P, Thompson C, et al. Prazosin effects on objective sleep measures and clinical symptoms in civilian trauma posttraumatic stress disorder: a placebo-controlled study. Biol Psychiatry. 2008;63(6):629-632.
1. Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th ed. American Psychiatric Association; 2013.
2. Maher MJ, Rego SA, Asnis, GM. Sleep disturbances in patients with post-traumatic stress disorder: epidemiology, impact and approaches to management. CNS Drugs. 2006;20(7):567-590.
3. Benedek DM, Friedman MJ, Zatzick D, et al. Guideline watch (March 2009): Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with acute stress disorder and posttraumatic stress disorder. APA Practice Guidelines. Published 2010. Accessed March 14, 2021. https://psychiatryonline.org/pb/assets/raw/sitewide/practice_guidelines/guidelines/acutestressdisorderptsd-watch.pdf
4. Baldwin DS, Anderson IM, Nutt DJ, et al. Evidence-based pharmacological treatment of anxiety disorders, post-traumatic stress disorder and obsessive-compulsive disorder: a revision of the 2005 guidelines from the British Association for Psychopharmacology. J Psychopharmacol. 2014;28(5):403-439. doi: 10.1177/0269881114525674
5. Department of Veterans Affairs, Department of Defense. VA/DoD clinical practice guideline for the management of posttraumatic stress disorder and acute stress disorder. Version 3.0. Published 2017. Accessed February 5, 2021. https://www.healthquality.va.gov/guidelines/MH/ptsd/VADoDPTSDCPGFinal012418.pdf
6. Raskind MA, Peskind ER, Chow B, et al. Trial of prazosin for post-traumatic stress disorder in military veterans. N Engl J Med. 2018;378(6):507-517.
7. Department of Veterans Affairs, Department of Defense. VA/DoD clinical practice guideline: management of post-traumatic stress. Version 2.0. Published 2010. Accessed February 5, 2021. https://www.healthquality.va.gov/guidelines/MH/ptsd/cpg_PTSD-full-201011612.PDF
8. Raskind MA, Peskind ER, Katner ED, et al. Reduction of nightmares and other PTSD symptoms in combat veterans by prazosin: a placebo-controlled study. Am J Psychiatry. 2003;160(2):371-373.
9. Raskind MA, Peskind ER, Hoff DJ, et al. A parallel group placebo-controlled study of prazosin for trauma nightmares and sleep disturbance in combat veterans with post-traumatic stress disorder. Biol Psychiatry. 2007;61(8):928-934.
10. Raskind MA, Peterson K, Williams T, et al. A trial of prazosin for combat trauma PTSD with nightmares in active-duty soldiers returned from Iraq and Afghanistan. Am J Psychiatry. 2013;170(9):1003-1010.
11. Germain A, Richardson R, Moul DE, et al. Placebo-controlled comparison of prazosin and cognitive-behavioral treatments for sleep disturbances in US military veterans. J Psychosom Res. 2012;72(2):89-96.
12. Taylor FB, Martin P, Thompson C, et al. Prazosin effects on objective sleep measures and clinical symptoms in civilian trauma posttraumatic stress disorder: a placebo-controlled study. Biol Psychiatry. 2008;63(6):629-632.
High-dose lumateperone: A case report
Lumateperone is a novel antipsychotic that possesses a variety of unique receptor affinities. The recommended dose of lumateperone is 42 mg/d. In clinical trials, reductions in Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale scores observed with lumateperone, 28 mg/d and 84 mg/d, failed to separate from placebo.1 However, in these trials, safety profiles were similar for all 3 doses.
Despite the popular understanding of lumateperone’s “unexplained narrow therapeutic window,”2 we report the case of a patient with schizophrenia who responded well to lumateperone, 84 mg/d, without adverse effects or EKG changes.
Case report. Mr. W, age 26, has treatment-resistant schizophrenia (paranoid type). He failed to achieve remission on fluphenazine (10 to 25 mg/d), perphenazine (4 to 24 mg/d), risperidone (started at 4 mg/d and increased to 8 mg/d), and olanzapine (15, 20, and 25 mg/d). None of these medications eliminated his auditory or visual hallucinations. His response was most robust to perphenazine, as he reported a 50% reduction in the frequency of auditory hallucinations and a near-complete resolution of visual hallucinations (once or twice per week), but he never achieved full remission.
We started lumateperone, 42 mg/d, without a cross-taper. After 4 weeks of partial response, the patient escalated his dose to 84 mg/d on his own. At a follow-up visit 3.5 weeks after this self-directed dose increase, Mr. W reported a complete resolution of his auditory and visual hallucinations.
Six months later, Mr. W continued to receive lumateperone, 84 mg/d, without extrapyramidal symptoms, tardive dyskinesia, or other adverse effects. His QTc showed no significant change (410 ms vs 412 ms).
Although some studies indicate a possible “therapeutic window” for lumateperone dosing, clinicians should not deprive patients who partially respond to the recommended 42 mg/d dose of the opportunity for additional benefit through dose escalation. Due to the vagaries of psychiatric pathology, and unique profiles of metabolism and receptor sensitivity, there will always be patients who may require higher-than-recommended doses of lumateperone, as with all other agents.
1. Lieberman JA, Davis RE, Correll CU, et al. ITI-007 for the treatment of schizophrenia: a 4-week randomized, double-blind, controlled trial. Biol Psychiatry. 2016;79(12):952-961. doi: 10.1016/j.biopsych.2015.08.026
2. Kantrowitz JT. The potential role of lumateperone—something borrowed? something new? JAMA Psychiatry. 2020;77(4):343-344. doi:10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2019.4265
Lumateperone is a novel antipsychotic that possesses a variety of unique receptor affinities. The recommended dose of lumateperone is 42 mg/d. In clinical trials, reductions in Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale scores observed with lumateperone, 28 mg/d and 84 mg/d, failed to separate from placebo.1 However, in these trials, safety profiles were similar for all 3 doses.
Despite the popular understanding of lumateperone’s “unexplained narrow therapeutic window,”2 we report the case of a patient with schizophrenia who responded well to lumateperone, 84 mg/d, without adverse effects or EKG changes.
Case report. Mr. W, age 26, has treatment-resistant schizophrenia (paranoid type). He failed to achieve remission on fluphenazine (10 to 25 mg/d), perphenazine (4 to 24 mg/d), risperidone (started at 4 mg/d and increased to 8 mg/d), and olanzapine (15, 20, and 25 mg/d). None of these medications eliminated his auditory or visual hallucinations. His response was most robust to perphenazine, as he reported a 50% reduction in the frequency of auditory hallucinations and a near-complete resolution of visual hallucinations (once or twice per week), but he never achieved full remission.
We started lumateperone, 42 mg/d, without a cross-taper. After 4 weeks of partial response, the patient escalated his dose to 84 mg/d on his own. At a follow-up visit 3.5 weeks after this self-directed dose increase, Mr. W reported a complete resolution of his auditory and visual hallucinations.
Six months later, Mr. W continued to receive lumateperone, 84 mg/d, without extrapyramidal symptoms, tardive dyskinesia, or other adverse effects. His QTc showed no significant change (410 ms vs 412 ms).
Although some studies indicate a possible “therapeutic window” for lumateperone dosing, clinicians should not deprive patients who partially respond to the recommended 42 mg/d dose of the opportunity for additional benefit through dose escalation. Due to the vagaries of psychiatric pathology, and unique profiles of metabolism and receptor sensitivity, there will always be patients who may require higher-than-recommended doses of lumateperone, as with all other agents.
Lumateperone is a novel antipsychotic that possesses a variety of unique receptor affinities. The recommended dose of lumateperone is 42 mg/d. In clinical trials, reductions in Positive and Negative Syndrome Scale scores observed with lumateperone, 28 mg/d and 84 mg/d, failed to separate from placebo.1 However, in these trials, safety profiles were similar for all 3 doses.
Despite the popular understanding of lumateperone’s “unexplained narrow therapeutic window,”2 we report the case of a patient with schizophrenia who responded well to lumateperone, 84 mg/d, without adverse effects or EKG changes.
Case report. Mr. W, age 26, has treatment-resistant schizophrenia (paranoid type). He failed to achieve remission on fluphenazine (10 to 25 mg/d), perphenazine (4 to 24 mg/d), risperidone (started at 4 mg/d and increased to 8 mg/d), and olanzapine (15, 20, and 25 mg/d). None of these medications eliminated his auditory or visual hallucinations. His response was most robust to perphenazine, as he reported a 50% reduction in the frequency of auditory hallucinations and a near-complete resolution of visual hallucinations (once or twice per week), but he never achieved full remission.
We started lumateperone, 42 mg/d, without a cross-taper. After 4 weeks of partial response, the patient escalated his dose to 84 mg/d on his own. At a follow-up visit 3.5 weeks after this self-directed dose increase, Mr. W reported a complete resolution of his auditory and visual hallucinations.
Six months later, Mr. W continued to receive lumateperone, 84 mg/d, without extrapyramidal symptoms, tardive dyskinesia, or other adverse effects. His QTc showed no significant change (410 ms vs 412 ms).
Although some studies indicate a possible “therapeutic window” for lumateperone dosing, clinicians should not deprive patients who partially respond to the recommended 42 mg/d dose of the opportunity for additional benefit through dose escalation. Due to the vagaries of psychiatric pathology, and unique profiles of metabolism and receptor sensitivity, there will always be patients who may require higher-than-recommended doses of lumateperone, as with all other agents.
1. Lieberman JA, Davis RE, Correll CU, et al. ITI-007 for the treatment of schizophrenia: a 4-week randomized, double-blind, controlled trial. Biol Psychiatry. 2016;79(12):952-961. doi: 10.1016/j.biopsych.2015.08.026
2. Kantrowitz JT. The potential role of lumateperone—something borrowed? something new? JAMA Psychiatry. 2020;77(4):343-344. doi:10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2019.4265
1. Lieberman JA, Davis RE, Correll CU, et al. ITI-007 for the treatment of schizophrenia: a 4-week randomized, double-blind, controlled trial. Biol Psychiatry. 2016;79(12):952-961. doi: 10.1016/j.biopsych.2015.08.026
2. Kantrowitz JT. The potential role of lumateperone—something borrowed? something new? JAMA Psychiatry. 2020;77(4):343-344. doi:10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2019.4265